Maori translation! Translated by OSCINZ (http://eduforge.org/projects/oscinz)
This commit is contained in:
mjollnir_
Executable
+6
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
MAORI UTF8
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
Translated by the OSCINZ project
|
||||
http://eduforge.org/projects/oscinz
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+8
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// activitynames.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['filtername'] = 'Te Hononga Noa o ngā Ingoa Mahi';
|
||||
$string['parentlanguage'] = '<<NGĀ KAIWHIRINGA REO: Mena,kei tō reo he Reo Matua kia maha ai e Moodle mō tōu ake reo tāhere e ngaro ana i ngā aho; whakawhāiti e ngā tikanga mōna ki kōnei. Ki te wātea i tēnei wāhi, ka mahia e te reo Pākeha. He tauira: nl>>';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+15
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// admin.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['cachetext'] = 'Te oranga o te tuhinga whakatōpūtanga rorohiko';
|
||||
$string['filteruploadedfiles'] = 'Tātaria e ngā kōnae i tukuna atu';
|
||||
$string['upgradelogs'] = 'Kia mahi pai ai, me whakahoutia o whakaurunga tawhito. <a href=\"$a\">More information</a>';
|
||||
$string['upgradelogsinfo'] = 'Kua mahia kētia ngā huringa āhua ki te tiaki ā-rangitaki. Ki te tirohia katoatia ngā rangitaki tawhito ā-kaupapa, me whakahoutia ki aua rangitaki. Hāngaia ki te pae, he wā roa tēnei tū āhua (arā noa atu ngā hāora) ā, whakapōturitia te pātengi raraunga o ngā pae nui. I a koe i timata ai, me matua waiho kia oti rawa (mā te tuwheratanga o te roro whakaata). kaua e māharahara, ka pai tonu te haere o te pae mō te hunga whakamahi, i te whakahoutangatia o ngā rangitaki.<br /><br />Me whakahoutia ināianei?';
|
||||
$string['upgradesure'] = 'Your Moodle files have been changed, and you are about to automatically upgrade your server to this version:
|
||||
<p><b>$a</b></p>
|
||||
<p>Once you do this you can not go back again.</p>
|
||||
<p>Are you sure you want to upgrade this server to this version?</p>';
|
||||
$string['upgradinglogs'] = 'Whakapai ake ngā rangitaki';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+6
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
<?php /// $Id$
|
||||
|
||||
$string['filtername'] = "Algebra Notation";
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+45
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// appointment.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['allowresubmit'] = 'Whakaaroaro ngā tukunga mai anō';
|
||||
$string['appointmentdetails'] = 'Whakaaturanga o te Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['appointmentlocation'] = 'Wāhi o te Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['appointmentname'] = 'Ingoa o te Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['date'] = 'Te Rā of te Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['description'] = 'Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['early'] = '$a moata';
|
||||
$string['failedupdatefeedback'] = 'Kua hapa te whakapai ake o te urupare tukunga mai mō te kaiwhakauru $a';
|
||||
$string['feedback'] = 'Whakahoki Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['feedbackupdated'] = 'Kua whakapai ake ngā urupare tukunga mai mō ngā tāngata $a';
|
||||
$string['late'] = '$a tōmuri';
|
||||
$string['maximumgrade'] = 'Māka Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['maximumsize'] = 'Rahi Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['newsubmissions'] = 'Ngā Whakaritenga i tukuna mai';
|
||||
$string['notgradedyet'] = 'Kāore anō kia māka';
|
||||
$string['notsubmittedyet'] = 'Kāore anō kia tukuna mai';
|
||||
$string['overwritewarning'] = 'Tūpato: Ki te tuku atu anō, ka WHAKAKAPI koe i tāu ake tukunga mai o nāianei';
|
||||
$string['saveallfeedback'] = 'Tiaki ōku Urupare katoa';
|
||||
$string['submissionfeedback'] = 'Urupare Tukunga Mai';
|
||||
$string['submissions'] = 'Ngā Tukunga Mai';
|
||||
$string['submitappointment'] = 'Tuku mai i tāu Whakaritenga mai i tēneki Puka';
|
||||
$string['submitted'] = 'Kua tukuna';
|
||||
$string['timeend'] = 'Mutunga o te Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['timestart'] = 'Tīmatanga o te Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['typeoffline'] = 'Offline activity';
|
||||
$string['typeuploadsingle'] = 'Tuku Atu he kōnae';
|
||||
$string['uploadbadname'] = 'I puta at te ingoa kōnae e ngā pū rerekē, ā, kāore e taea te tuku atu';
|
||||
$string['uploadedfiles'] = 'Ngā kōnae i tuku atu';
|
||||
$string['uploaderror'] = 'I puta atu he momo hapa i te wā ka tiaki i te kōnae ki te pūtuku rorohiko';
|
||||
$string['uploadfailnoupdate'] = 'Kei te pai te tuku atu o te kōnae, engari kāore e taea te tāpaetanga ki te whakapae ake!';
|
||||
$string['uploadfiletoobig'] = 'Manawa pā, e nui ake te kōnae nā ($a te mutunga rawa o ngā irawaru)';
|
||||
$string['uploadnofilefound'] = 'Kāore i kitea te kōnae - I tīpako koe ki tētehi kia tukuna atu?';
|
||||
$string['uploadnotregistered'] = 'Kei te pai te tuku atu o te \'$a\', engari kāore anō te tāpaetanga kia rēhita!';
|
||||
$string['uploadsuccess'] = 'Kua tukuna atu pai te \'$a\' ';
|
||||
$string['viewfeedback'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Urupare me ngā māka whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['viewsubmissions'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Whakaritenga $a kua tukuna';
|
||||
$string['yoursubmission'] = 'Tāu Tukunga Mai';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+53
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// assignment.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['allowresubmit'] = 'Tukuna mai anō';
|
||||
$string['assignmentdetails'] = 'Whakaaturanga Taumahi';
|
||||
$string['assignmentmail'] = 'Kua tukuna atu e $a->teacher ngā urupare mō te taumahi \'$a->assignment\'
|
||||
|
||||
Ka kite koe ngā rarau ki tāu tukunga taumahi
|
||||
|
||||
$a->url';
|
||||
$string['assignmentmailhtml'] = 'Kua tukuna mai a $a->teacher ngā urupare mō tō taumahi \'<i>$a->assignment</i>\'<br /><br />
|
||||
Ka kite koe ngā rarau ki tāu <a href=\"$a->url\">assignment submission</a>.';
|
||||
$string['assignmentname'] = 'Ingoa Taumahi';
|
||||
$string['assignmenttype'] = 'Momo Taumahi';
|
||||
$string['configmaxbytes'] = 'Default maximum assignment size for all assignments on the site (subject to course limits and other local settings)';
|
||||
$string['description'] = 'Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['duedate'] = 'Rā Aukati';
|
||||
$string['duedateno'] = 'Kāore he Rā Aukati';
|
||||
$string['early'] = '$a moata';
|
||||
$string['existingfiledeleted'] = 'Kua whakakorea te kōnae: $a';
|
||||
$string['failedupdatefeedback'] = 'Kua hapa te urupare tuku mō te kaiwhakauru $a';
|
||||
$string['feedback'] = 'Whakahoki Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['feedbackupdated'] = 'Whakahounga urupare tuku mō ngā tāngata $a';
|
||||
$string['late'] = '$a tōmuri';
|
||||
$string['maximumgrade'] = 'Māka Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['maximumsize'] = 'Rahinga Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Taumahi';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Taumahi';
|
||||
$string['newsubmissions'] = 'Ngā Taumahi kua tukuna';
|
||||
$string['notgradedyet'] = 'Kāore anō kia mākatia';
|
||||
$string['notsubmittedyet'] = 'Kāore anō kia tukuna mai';
|
||||
$string['overwritewarning'] = 'Tūpato: ki te tuku anō, ka WHAKATAU ANŌ koe i tōu urupare onāianei';
|
||||
$string['saveallfeedback'] = 'Tiaki aku urupare katoa';
|
||||
$string['submissionfeedback'] = 'Urupare Tukuna Mai / Atu';
|
||||
$string['submissions'] = 'Ngā Tukuna ';
|
||||
$string['submitassignment'] = 'Tukuna mai tō taumahi mā te puka nei';
|
||||
$string['submitted'] = 'Kua tukuna';
|
||||
$string['typeoffline'] = 'Ngohe ā-waho';
|
||||
$string['typeuploadsingle'] = 'Tukua he kōnae';
|
||||
$string['uploadbadname'] = 'Kua uru mai ngā pū rerekē ki tēneki ingoa kōnae. Kāore e taea te tuku atu';
|
||||
$string['uploadedfiles'] = 'Ngā kōnae tuku';
|
||||
$string['uploaderror'] = 'Kua tau he hapa i te tiakitanga o te kōnae ki te rorohiko tuku';
|
||||
$string['uploadfailnoupdate'] = 'I tukuna te kōnae, engari kāore e taea te tuku atu i tō urupare!';
|
||||
$string['uploadfiletoobig'] = 'Manawa pā, he nui rawa te kōnae (te mutunga rawa o ngā $a bytes)';
|
||||
$string['uploadnofilefound'] = 'Kāore i kitea te kōnae - i tīpako koe ki tētehi kia tukuna atu?';
|
||||
$string['uploadnotregistered'] = 'I tukua te \'$a\', engari kāore te tukuna mai te rēhita!';
|
||||
$string['uploadsuccess'] = 'Kua tukuna pai \'$a\' ';
|
||||
$string['viewfeedback'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Urupare me ngā māka whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['viewsubmissions'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Whakaritenga $a kua tukuna';
|
||||
$string['yoursubmission'] = 'Tāu Urupare';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+72
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// attendance.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['absentlong'] = 'Tamō';
|
||||
$string['absentshort'] = 'A';
|
||||
$string['addingmultiple'] = 'Adding Multiple Attendance Rolls';
|
||||
$string['addmultiple'] = 'Add Multiple Attendance Rolls';
|
||||
$string['allmodulename'] = 'Rārangi Ingoa Katoa';
|
||||
$string['auto'] = 'auto';
|
||||
$string['autoattend'] = 'Automatically take attendance based on user activity logs';
|
||||
$string['autoattendmulti'] = 'Automatically take attendance for all rolls based on user activity logs';
|
||||
$string['autoattendshort'] = 'Automatic from logs';
|
||||
$string['choosedays'] = 'Days of each week to take attendance';
|
||||
$string['dayofroll'] = 'Date to take roll for';
|
||||
$string['defaultautoattend'] = 'Whether to take attendance based on user activity logs by default';
|
||||
$string['defaultdynamicsection'] = 'Whether to move attendance rolls to the correct week by default';
|
||||
$string['defaultgrade'] = ' Whether to make attendance rolls gradeable by default';
|
||||
$string['defaulthoursinclass'] = 'How many hours there should be in a default attendance roll';
|
||||
$string['defaultmaxgrade'] = 'What the default maximum grade value for full attendance should be';
|
||||
$string['defaultstudentstatus'] = 'The default student attendance status on new attendance rolls';
|
||||
$string['downloadexcelfull'] = 'Download Full Excel Spreadsheet';
|
||||
$string['downloadexceltotals'] = 'Download Summary Excel Spreadsheet';
|
||||
$string['downloadtextfull'] = 'Download Full Text Report';
|
||||
$string['downloadtexttotals'] = 'Download Summary Text Report';
|
||||
$string['dynamicsection'] = 'Determine week for attendance based on this date';
|
||||
$string['dynamicsectionmulti'] = 'Place rolls in their weekly section automatically';
|
||||
$string['dynsectionshort'] = 'Dynamically moved to section';
|
||||
$string['endbeforestart'] = 'The end date is before the start date';
|
||||
$string['endmulti'] = 'Date for last attendance roll';
|
||||
$string['for'] = 'mō';
|
||||
$string['friday'] = 'Paraire';
|
||||
$string['gradeshort'] = 'I Māka';
|
||||
$string['gradevalue'] = 'Make this roll gradeable';
|
||||
$string['gradevaluemulti'] = 'Make these rolls gradeable';
|
||||
$string['hoursinclass'] = 'Ngā hāora tō ia wāhanga akomanga';
|
||||
$string['hoursineachclass'] = 'Ngā hāora tō ia wāhanga akomanga';
|
||||
$string['hoursinfullreport'] = 'The maximum number of hours of attendance that should be displayed on a single page of a report';
|
||||
$string['maxgradeshort'] = 'Māka Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['maxgradevalue'] = 'Maximum grade value for full attendance';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Te Taenga Mai';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Rārangi Ingoa';
|
||||
$string['monday'] = 'Mane';
|
||||
$string['norolls'] = 'Kāore ngā rārangi ingoa ki tēnei wānanga';
|
||||
$string['notes'] = 'Exceptional information';
|
||||
$string['notesfor'] = 'Exceptional information for';
|
||||
$string['noviews'] = 'Sorry, there is no data for your account here';
|
||||
$string['of'] = 'i / o';
|
||||
$string['pages'] = 'Ngā Whārangi';
|
||||
$string['presentlong'] = 'I / Ki Kōnina';
|
||||
$string['presentshort'] = 'P';
|
||||
$string['saturday'] = 'Rāhoroi';
|
||||
$string['startafterend'] = 'Kei muri i te mutunga o te wānanga ko te rā tīmatanga';
|
||||
$string['startmulti'] = 'Rā o te rārangi ingoa tuatahi';
|
||||
$string['sunday'] = 'Rātapu';
|
||||
$string['takeroll'] = 'Me mahia he rārangi ingoa i tēneki rā?';
|
||||
$string['tardiesperabsence'] = 'How many tardies should count as one absence';
|
||||
$string['tardylong'] = 'Tōmuri';
|
||||
$string['tardyshort'] = 'T';
|
||||
$string['teacheredit'] = 'Māhia he Rārangi Ingoa';
|
||||
$string['thursday'] = 'Rāpare';
|
||||
$string['tuesday'] = 'Rātū';
|
||||
$string['viewall'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Rārangi Ingoa Katoa';
|
||||
$string['viewmulti'] = 'Whakaatu ko te Rīpoata he Whārangi Maha';
|
||||
$string['viewone'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Whārangi Katoa o te Rīpoata';
|
||||
$string['viewsection'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Rārangi Ingoa mai i tēneki Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['viewtable'] = 'Whakaatu ko te Rīpoata he Momo Ripanga (Hōtuku)';
|
||||
$string['viewweek'] = 'Whakaatuhia ngā Rārangi Ingoa Katoa mai i te Maramataka';
|
||||
$string['wednesday'] = 'Rāapa';
|
||||
$string['weekmodulename'] = 'Ngā Rārangi Ingoa nō te Wiki Whakamutunga';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+79
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// auth.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['auth_dbdescription'] = 'This method uses an external database table to check whether a given username and password is valid. If the account is a new one, then information from other fields may also be copied across into Moodle.';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbextrafields'] = 'These fields are optional. You can choose to pre-fill some Moodle user fields with information from the <B>external database fields</B> that you specify here. <P>If you leave these blank, then defaults will be used.<P>In either case, the user will be able to edit all of these fields after they log in.';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbfieldpass'] = 'Ingoa o te Puna-ā-Kupu Whakauru';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbfielduser'] = 'Ingoa o te Puna-ā-Ngā Ingoa Kaiwhakauru';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbhost'] = 'The computer hosting the database server.';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbname'] = 'Ingoa o te Puna Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbpass'] = 'Kupu Whakauru taurite ki te Ingoa Kaiwhakauru ki runga ra';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbpasstype'] = 'Specify the format that the password field is using. MD5 encryption is useful for connecting to other common web applications like PostNuke';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbtable'] = 'Ingoa o te Ripanga (Hōtuku) ki te Puna Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbtitle'] = 'Mahia he Puna Kōrero ā Waho';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbtype'] = 'The database type (See the <a href=\"../lib/adodb/readme.htm#drivers\">ADOdb documentation</a> for details)';
|
||||
$string['auth_dbuser'] = 'Username with read access to the database';
|
||||
$string['auth_emaildescription'] = 'Email confirmation is the default authentication method. When the user signs up, choosing their own new username and password, a confirmation email is sent to the user\'s email address. This email contains a secure link to a page where the user can confirm their account. Future logins just check the username and password against the stored values in the Moodle database.';
|
||||
$string['auth_emailtitle'] = 'Hēhēnga Motuhake-ā-Imēra';
|
||||
$string['auth_fccreators'] = 'List of groups whose members are allowed to create new courses. Separate multiple groups with \';\'. Names must be spelled exactly as on FirstClass server. System is case-sensitive.';
|
||||
$string['auth_fcdescription'] = 'This method uses a FisrtClass server to check whether a given username and password is valid.';
|
||||
$string['auth_fcfppport'] = 'Server port (3333 is the most common)';
|
||||
$string['auth_fchost'] = 'The FirstClass server address. Use the IP number or DNS name.';
|
||||
$string['auth_fcpasswd'] = 'Kupu Whakauru mō te kaute ki runga.';
|
||||
$string['auth_fctitle'] = 'Use a FirstClass server';
|
||||
$string['auth_fcuserid'] = 'Userid for FirstClass account with privilege \'Subadministrator\' set.';
|
||||
$string['auth_imapdescription'] = 'This method uses an IMAP server to check whether a given username and password is valid.';
|
||||
$string['auth_imaphost'] = 'The IMAP server address. Use the IP number, not DNS name.';
|
||||
$string['auth_imapport'] = 'IMAP server port number. Usually this is 143 or 993.';
|
||||
$string['auth_imaptitle'] = 'Use an IMAP server';
|
||||
$string['auth_imaptype'] = 'The IMAP server type. IMAP servers can have different types of authentication and negotiation.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_bind_dn'] = 'If you want to use bind-user to search users, specify it here. Someting like \'cn=ldapuser,ou=public,o=org\'';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_bind_pw'] = 'Password for bind-user.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_contexts'] = 'List of contexts where users are located. Separate different contexts with \';\'. For example: \'ou=users,o=org; ou=others,o=org\'';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_create_context'] = 'If you enable user creation with email confirmation, specify the context where users are created. This context should be different from other users to prevent security issues. You don\'t need to add this context to ldap_context-variable, Moodle will search for users from this context automatically.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_creators'] = 'List of groups whose members are allowed to create new courses. Separate multiple groups with \';\'. Usually something like \'cn=teachers,ou=staff,o=myorg\'';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_host_url'] = 'Specify LDAP host in URL-form like \'ldap://ldap.myorg.com/\' or \'ldaps://ldap.myorg.com/\' ';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_memberattribute'] = 'Specify user member attribute, when users belongs to a group. Usually \'member\'';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_objectclass'] = 'The filter used to name/search users. Usually you will set it to something like objectClass=posixAccount . Defaults to objectClass=* what will return all objects from LDAP.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_search_sub'] = 'Put value <> 0 if you like to search users from subcontexts.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_update_userinfo'] = 'Update user information (firstname, lastname, address..) from LDAP to Moodle. Look at /auth/ldap/attr_mappings.php for mapping information';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_user_attribute'] = 'The attribute used to name/search users. Usually \'cn\'.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldap_version'] = 'The version of the LDAP protocol your server is using.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldapdescription'] = 'This method provides authentication against an external LDAP server.
|
||||
If the given username and password are valid, Moodle creates a new user
|
||||
entry in its database. This module can read user attributes from LDAP and prefill
|
||||
wanted fields in Moodle. For following logins only the username and
|
||||
password are checked.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldapextrafields'] = 'These fields are optional. You can choose to pre-fill some Moodle user fields with information from the <B>LDAP fields</B> that you specify here. <P>If you leave these fields blank, then nothing will be transferred from LDAP and Moodle defaults will be used instead.<P>In either case, the user will be able to edit all of these fields after they log in.';
|
||||
$string['auth_ldaptitle'] = 'Use an LDAP server';
|
||||
$string['auth_manualdescription'] = 'This method removes any way for users to create their own accounts. All accounts must be manually created by the admin user.';
|
||||
$string['auth_manualtitle'] = 'Ngā Kaute-ā-ringa Anahe';
|
||||
$string['auth_multiplehosts'] = 'Multiple hosts OR addresses can be specified (eg host1.com;host2.com;host3.com) or (eg xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx;xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx)';
|
||||
$string['auth_nntpdescription'] = 'This method uses an NNTP server to check whether a given username and password is valid.';
|
||||
$string['auth_nntphost'] = 'The NNTP server address. Use the IP number, not DNS name.';
|
||||
$string['auth_nntpport'] = 'Server port (119 is the most common)';
|
||||
$string['auth_nntptitle'] = 'Use an NNTP server';
|
||||
$string['auth_nonedescription'] = 'Users can sign in and create valid accounts immediately, with no authentication against an external server and no confirmation via email. Be careful using this option - think of the security and administration problems this could cause.';
|
||||
$string['auth_nonetitle'] = 'Kāore i te Hēhēnga Motuhake';
|
||||
$string['auth_pop3description'] = 'This method uses a POP3 server to check whether a given username and password is valid.';
|
||||
$string['auth_pop3host'] = 'The POP3 server address. Use the IP number, not DNS name.';
|
||||
$string['auth_pop3mailbox'] = 'Name of the mailbox to attempt a connection with. (usually INBOX)';
|
||||
$string['auth_pop3port'] = 'Server port (110 is the most common, 995 is common for SSL)';
|
||||
$string['auth_pop3title'] = 'Use a POP3 server';
|
||||
$string['auth_pop3type'] = 'Server type. If your server uses certificate security, choose pop3cert.';
|
||||
$string['auth_user_create'] = 'Enable user creation';
|
||||
$string['auth_user_creation'] = 'New (anonymous) users can create user accounts on the external authentication source and confirmed via email. If you enable this , remember to also configure module-specific options for user creation.';
|
||||
$string['auth_usernameexists'] = 'Selected username already exists. Please choose a new one.';
|
||||
$string['authenticationoptions'] = 'Ngā Ara Hēhēnga Motuhake';
|
||||
$string['authinstructions'] = 'Here you can provide instructions for your users, so they know which username and password they should be using. The text you enter here will appear on the login page. If you leave this blank then no instructions will be printed.';
|
||||
$string['changepassword'] = 'Whakarerekë te kupu whakauru URL';
|
||||
$string['changepasswordhelp'] = 'Here you can specify a location at which your users can recover or change their username/password if they\'ve forgotten it. This will be provided to users as a button on the login page and their user page. if you leave this blank the button will not be printed.';
|
||||
$string['chooseauthmethod'] = 'Kimihia he Tikanga Hēhēnga Motuhake: ';
|
||||
$string['guestloginbutton'] = 'Pātene Whakauru o te Manuhiri';
|
||||
$string['instructions'] = 'Ngā Tohutohu';
|
||||
$string['md5'] = 'MD5 encryption';
|
||||
$string['plaintext'] = 'Tuhinga Noa';
|
||||
$string['showguestlogin'] = 'You can hide or show the guest login button on the login page.';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+9
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// block_course_list.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['allcourses'] = 'Admin user sees all courses';
|
||||
$string['blockname'] = 'Rārangi o te Wānanga';
|
||||
$string['owncourses'] = 'Admin user sees own courses';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+8
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// block_course_summary.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['blockname'] = 'Ngā Whakarāpopotanga o te Wānanga';
|
||||
$string['siteinfo'] = 'Pae Mōhiohio';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+9
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// block_online_users.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['blockname'] = 'Kaiwhakauru Ipurangi';
|
||||
$string['configtimetosee'] = 'Number of minutes to detect an user as currently online';
|
||||
$string['periodnminutes'] = 'ngā miniti whakamutunga e $a ';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+11
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// block_section_links.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['blockname'] = 'Ngā Hononga-ā-Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['jumptocurrenttopic'] = 'Peke ki te kaupapa onāianei';
|
||||
$string['jumptocurrentweek'] = 'Peke ki te wiki onāianei';
|
||||
$string['topics'] = 'Ngā Kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['weeks'] = 'Ngā Wiki';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// block_social_activities.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['blockname'] = 'Ngā Mahi Nohotahi';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+99
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// calendar.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['calendar'] = 'Maramataka';
|
||||
$string['calendarheading'] = '$a Maramataka';
|
||||
$string['clickhide'] = 'Patoa ki te huna';
|
||||
$string['clickshow'] = 'Patoa ki te whakaatu';
|
||||
$string['confirmeventdelete'] = 'Whakakore tēneki mahi?';
|
||||
$string['courseevents'] = 'Ngā Mahi Wānanga';
|
||||
$string['dayview'] = 'Rātaka';
|
||||
$string['daywithnoevents'] = 'Kāore ngā mahi mō tēneki rā.';
|
||||
$string['default'] = 'Aunoa';
|
||||
$string['deleteevent'] = 'Whakakore Mahi';
|
||||
$string['detailedmonthview'] = 'Whakaaturanga o te Marama';
|
||||
$string['durationminutes'] = 'Te roanga i ngā mīniti';
|
||||
$string['durationnone'] = 'Without duration';
|
||||
$string['durationuntil'] = 'Tae noa ki';
|
||||
$string['editevent'] = 'Whakatika Mahi';
|
||||
$string['errorbeforecoursestart'] = 'Cannot set event before course start date';
|
||||
$string['errorinvaliddate'] = 'Invalid date';
|
||||
$string['errorinvalidminutes'] = 'Specify duration in minutes by giving a number between 1 and 999.';
|
||||
$string['errorinvalidrepeats'] = 'Specify the number of events by giving a number between 1 and 99.';
|
||||
$string['errornodescription'] = 'Whakaatu Mai';
|
||||
$string['errornoeventname'] = 'Tuhia he Ingoa';
|
||||
$string['eventdate'] = 'Rā';
|
||||
$string['eventdescription'] = 'Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['eventduration'] = 'Te Roanga';
|
||||
$string['eventendtime'] = 'Wā Whakamutunga';
|
||||
$string['eventinstanttime'] = 'Wā';
|
||||
$string['eventkind'] = 'Momo Mahi';
|
||||
$string['eventname'] = 'Ingoa';
|
||||
$string['eventrepeat'] = 'Ngā Mahi Anō';
|
||||
$string['eventsfor'] = 'Ngā Mahi mō $a ';
|
||||
$string['eventstarttime'] = 'Wā Tīmatanga';
|
||||
$string['eventtime'] = 'Wā';
|
||||
$string['eventview'] = 'Whakaaturanga Mahi';
|
||||
$string['expired'] = 'Kua Pau';
|
||||
$string['explain_lookahead'] = 'This sets the (maximum) number of days in the future that an event has to start in in order to be displayed as an upcoming event. Events that start beyond this will never be displayed as upcoming. Please note that <strong>there is no guarantee</strong> that all events starting in this time frame will be displayed; if there are too many (more than the \"Maximum upcoming events\" preference) then the most distant events will not be shown.';
|
||||
$string['explain_maxevents'] = 'This sets the maximum number of upcoming events that can be displayed. If you pick a large number here it is possible that upcoming events displays will take up a lot of space on your screen.';
|
||||
$string['explain_startwday'] = 'Calendar weeks will be shown as starting on the day that you select here.';
|
||||
$string['explain_timeformat'] = 'You can choose to see times in either 12 or 24 hour format. If you choose \"default\", then the format will be automatically chosen according to the language you use in the site.';
|
||||
$string['fri'] = 'Rāmere';
|
||||
$string['friday'] = 'Rāmere';
|
||||
$string['globalevents'] = 'Mahi Ao';
|
||||
$string['gotocalendar'] = 'Haere ki te Maramataka';
|
||||
$string['groupevents'] = 'Mahi Rōpū';
|
||||
$string['hidden'] = 'I Huna';
|
||||
$string['manyevents'] = 'Ngā Mahi $a ';
|
||||
$string['mon'] = 'Rāhina';
|
||||
$string['monday'] = 'Rāhina';
|
||||
$string['monthlyview'] = 'Whakaatu Maramataka';
|
||||
$string['newevent'] = 'He Mahi Hou';
|
||||
$string['noupcomingevents'] = 'There are no upcoming events';
|
||||
$string['oneevent'] = 'Tētehi Mahi ';
|
||||
$string['pref_lookahead'] = 'Upcoming events look-ahead';
|
||||
$string['pref_maxevents'] = 'Maximum upcoming events';
|
||||
$string['pref_startwday'] = 'Rā tuatahi o te Wiki';
|
||||
$string['pref_timeformat'] = 'Takotoranga Wā Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['preferences'] = 'Ngā Hiahia';
|
||||
$string['preferences_available'] = 'Ōu Hiahia';
|
||||
$string['repeatnone'] = 'Kore nga Tukurua';
|
||||
$string['repeatweeksl'] = 'Tukuruatia ia wiki hei ngātahi';
|
||||
$string['repeatweeksr'] = 'Ngā Mahi';
|
||||
$string['sat'] = 'Rāhoroi';
|
||||
$string['saturday'] = 'Rāhoroi';
|
||||
$string['shown'] = 'I Whakaatu';
|
||||
$string['spanningevents'] = 'Kua tīmata ngā mahi';
|
||||
$string['sun'] = 'Rātapu';
|
||||
$string['sunday'] = 'Rātapu';
|
||||
$string['thu'] = 'Rāpare';
|
||||
$string['thursday'] = 'Rāpare';
|
||||
$string['timeformat_12'] = '12-hāora (am/pm)';
|
||||
$string['timeformat_24'] = '24-hāora';
|
||||
$string['today'] = 'Tēnei Rā';
|
||||
$string['tomorrow'] = 'Āpōpō';
|
||||
$string['tt_deleteevent'] = 'Whakakore Mahi';
|
||||
$string['tt_editevent'] = 'Whakatika Mahi';
|
||||
$string['tt_hidecourse'] = 'Whakaaturanga o ngā Mahi Wānanga (Patoa ki te Huna)';
|
||||
$string['tt_hideglobal'] = 'Whakaaturanga o ngā Mahi Ao (Patoa ki te Huna)';
|
||||
$string['tt_hidegroups'] = 'Whakaaturanga o ngā Mahi Rōpū (Patoa ki te Huna)';
|
||||
$string['tt_hideuser'] = 'Whakaaturanga o ngā Mahi Kaiwhakauru (Patoa ki te Huna)';
|
||||
$string['tt_showcourse'] = 'Hunanga o ngā Mahi Wānanga (Patoa ki te Whakakitea)';
|
||||
$string['tt_showglobal'] = 'Hunanga o ngā Mahi Ao (Patoa ki te Whakakitea)';
|
||||
$string['tt_showgroups'] = 'Hunanga o ngā Mahi Rōpū (Patoa ki te Whakakitea)';
|
||||
$string['tt_showuser'] = 'Hunganga o ngā Mahi Kaiwhakauru (Patoa ki te Whakakitea)';
|
||||
$string['tue'] = 'Rātū';
|
||||
$string['tuesday'] = 'Rātū';
|
||||
$string['typecourse'] = 'Mahi-ā-Wānanga';
|
||||
$string['typegroup'] = 'Mahi-ā-rōpū';
|
||||
$string['typesite'] = 'Mahi Pae';
|
||||
$string['typeuser'] = 'Mahi ā Kaiwhakauru';
|
||||
$string['upcomingevents'] = 'Ngā mahi kei te heke mai';
|
||||
$string['userevents'] = 'Ngā Mahi Kaiwhakauru';
|
||||
$string['wed'] = 'Rāapa';
|
||||
$string['wednesday'] = 'Rāapa';
|
||||
$string['yesterday'] = 'Inanahi';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// censor.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['filtername'] = 'Kupu Whakatūpato';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+55
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// chat.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['beep'] = 'orohia';
|
||||
$string['chatintro'] = 'Tuhi Whakataki';
|
||||
$string['chatname'] = 'Ingoa o tēneki wāhanga kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['chatreport'] = 'Ngā Kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['chattime'] = 'Te Wā Kōrerorero a Muri Iho';
|
||||
$string['configmethod'] = 'The normal chat method involves the clients regularly contacting the server for updates. It requires no configuration and works everywhere, but it can create a large load on the server with many chatters. Using a server daemon requires shell access to Unix, but it results in a fast scalable chat environment.';
|
||||
$string['configoldping'] = 'What is the maximum time that may pass before we detect that a user has disconnected (in seconds)? This is just an upper limit, as usually disconnects are detected very quickly. Lower values will be more demanding on your server. If you are using the normal method, <strong>never</strong> set this lower than 2 * chat_refresh_room.';
|
||||
$string['configrefreshroom'] = 'How often should the chat room itself be refreshed? (in seconds). Setting this low will make the chat room seem quicker, but it may place a higher load on your web server when many people are chatting';
|
||||
$string['configrefreshuserlist'] = 'How often should the list of users be refreshed? (in seconds)';
|
||||
$string['configserverhost'] = 'The hostname of the computer where the server daemon is';
|
||||
$string['configserverip'] = 'The numerical IP address that matches the above hostname';
|
||||
$string['configservermax'] = 'Nama Mutunga Rawa o ngā kaiurunga whakaorooro';
|
||||
$string['configserverport'] = 'Port to use on the server for the daemon';
|
||||
$string['currentchats'] = 'Ngā Wāhanga Kōrerorero e mahi ana';
|
||||
$string['currentusers'] = 'Kaiwhakauru o nāianei';
|
||||
$string['deletesession'] = 'Whakakore tēneki huinga';
|
||||
$string['deletesessionsure'] = 'Kei te whai tonu koe ki te whakakore tēneki wāhanga?';
|
||||
$string['donotusechattime'] = 'Kaua te tukuna ngā wā kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['enterchat'] = 'Patoa kōnina kia whakauru te kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['errornousers'] = 'I kore kitea e ngā kaiwhakauru!';
|
||||
$string['explaingeneralconfig'] = 'These settings are <strong>always</strong> into effect';
|
||||
$string['explainmethoddaemon'] = 'These settings matter <strong>only</strong> if you have selected \"Chat server daemon\" for chat_method';
|
||||
$string['explainmethodnormal'] = 'These settings matter <strong>only</strong> if you have selected \"Normal method\" for chat_method';
|
||||
$string['generalconfig'] = 'Whakatakotoranga Whānui';
|
||||
$string['helpchatting'] = 'Ngā Āwhina o ngā kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['idle'] = 'Mahikore';
|
||||
$string['messagebeepseveryone'] = 'I orohia a $a e ngā tāngata katoa!';
|
||||
$string['messagebeepsyou'] = 'Kua orohia a $a ki a koe !';
|
||||
$string['messageenter'] = 'Kua uru a $a ki tēneki kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['messageexit'] = '$a has left this chat';
|
||||
$string['messages'] = 'Ngā Pūrongo';
|
||||
$string['methoddaemon'] = 'Chat server daemon';
|
||||
$string['methodnormal'] = 'Tikanga Noa';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['neverdeletemessages'] = 'Kaua rawa e whakakore ngā tuhinga';
|
||||
$string['nextsession'] = 'Next scheduled session';
|
||||
$string['noguests'] = 'Kāore ngā manuhiri kia kuhuna';
|
||||
$string['nomessages'] = 'Kāore anō kia waiho ngā tuhi';
|
||||
$string['repeatdaily'] = 'Hōrite te wā ia rā';
|
||||
$string['repeatnone'] = 'No repeats - publish the specified time only';
|
||||
$string['repeattimes'] = 'Ngā Wāhanga Huinga Anō';
|
||||
$string['repeatweekly'] = 'I tēneki wā ia wiki';
|
||||
$string['savemessages'] = 'Tiaki ngā huinga o mua';
|
||||
$string['seesession'] = 'Tirohia i tēneki huinga';
|
||||
$string['sessions'] = 'Ngā Wāhanga Kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['strftimemessage'] = '%%H:%%M';
|
||||
$string['studentseereports'] = 'Ka taea e ngā tāngata katoa te tirohia e ngā wāhanga o mua';
|
||||
$string['viewreport'] = 'Whakaatu ngā kōrerorero o mua';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+33
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// choice.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['allowupdate'] = 'Whakaaea te Whakahounga';
|
||||
$string['answered'] = 'I whakautua';
|
||||
$string['choice'] = 'Whakaaturanga $a';
|
||||
$string['choiceclose'] = 'Tae atu ki';
|
||||
$string['choicename'] = 'Ingoa Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['choiceopen'] = 'Tūwhera';
|
||||
$string['choicetext'] = 'Tuhinga Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['havetologin'] = 'Whakaurua i mua i tōu whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['mustchooseone'] = 'Tīpakohia he whakautu i mua i te tiakitanga. Kīhai i tiakina.';
|
||||
$string['notanswered'] = 'Kāore anō kia whakautua';
|
||||
$string['notopenyet'] = 'Manawa pā, kāhore he ngohe kia whakaritea tae rānō ki te $a';
|
||||
$string['privacy'] = 'Punanga Whakatau';
|
||||
$string['publish'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Whakatau';
|
||||
$string['publishafteranswer'] = 'Whakaaturia ngā Whakatau ki te tauira a muri te whakautu';
|
||||
$string['publishafterclose'] = 'Show results to students only after the choice is closed';
|
||||
$string['publishalways'] = 'Pūmau ki te whakaatu o ngā whakataunga ki ngā tauira';
|
||||
$string['publishanonymous'] = 'Tāngia ngā Whakatau-a-huna, kaua e whakaatu ki ngā tauira';
|
||||
$string['publishnames'] = 'Whakaaturia ngā Whakataunga, ngā ingoa, ngā hiahia o te tauira';
|
||||
$string['publishnot'] = 'Kaua e whakaatutia ngā Whakataunga ki ngā tauira';
|
||||
$string['responses'] = 'Ngā Whakautu';
|
||||
$string['responsesto'] = 'Ngā Whakautu ki $a';
|
||||
$string['savemychoice'] = 'Tiakina ōku Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['showunanswered'] = 'Whakaaturia he rārangi kore whakautu';
|
||||
$string['timerestrict'] = 'Aukatia ngā whakautu i tēneki wā';
|
||||
$string['viewallresponses'] = 'Whakaaturia ngā whakautu $a';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+246
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// countries.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['AD'] = 'Andorra';
|
||||
$string['AE'] = 'United Arab Emirates';
|
||||
$string['AF'] = 'Awhekenetana';
|
||||
$string['AG'] = 'Antigua and Barbuda';
|
||||
$string['AI'] = 'Anguilla';
|
||||
$string['AL'] = 'Arapeinia';
|
||||
$string['AM'] = 'Armenia';
|
||||
$string['AN'] = 'Netherlands Antilles';
|
||||
$string['AO'] = 'Angola';
|
||||
$string['AQ'] = 'Antarctica';
|
||||
$string['AR'] = 'Āketina';
|
||||
$string['AS'] = 'American Samoa';
|
||||
$string['AT'] = 'Āteria';
|
||||
$string['AU'] = 'Ahitereiria';
|
||||
$string['AW'] = 'Aruba';
|
||||
$string['AZ'] = 'Azerbaijan';
|
||||
$string['BA'] = 'Bosnia and Herzegovina';
|
||||
$string['BB'] = 'Pāpatohe';
|
||||
$string['BD'] = 'Pākaratēhi';
|
||||
$string['BE'] = 'Peretiamu';
|
||||
$string['BF'] = 'Burkina Faso';
|
||||
$string['BG'] = 'Purukāria';
|
||||
$string['BH'] = 'Bahrain';
|
||||
$string['BI'] = 'Burundi';
|
||||
$string['BJ'] = 'Benin';
|
||||
$string['BM'] = 'Pāmura';
|
||||
$string['BN'] = 'Brunei Darussalam';
|
||||
$string['BO'] = 'Poriwia';
|
||||
$string['BR'] = 'Parīhi';
|
||||
$string['BS'] = 'Bahamas';
|
||||
$string['BT'] = 'Bhutan';
|
||||
$string['BV'] = 'Bouvet Island';
|
||||
$string['BW'] = 'Poriwana';
|
||||
$string['BY'] = 'Belarus';
|
||||
$string['BZ'] = 'Belize';
|
||||
$string['CA'] = 'Kānata';
|
||||
$string['CC'] = 'Cocos (Keeling) Islands';
|
||||
$string['CF'] = 'Central African Republic';
|
||||
$string['CG'] = 'Kango';
|
||||
$string['CH'] = 'Witerana';
|
||||
$string['CI'] = 'Cote D\'Ivoire';
|
||||
$string['CK'] = 'Rarotonga, Kuki Airani';
|
||||
$string['CL'] = 'Hiri';
|
||||
$string['CM'] = 'Cameroon';
|
||||
$string['CN'] = 'Haina';
|
||||
$string['CO'] = 'Koromopia';
|
||||
$string['CR'] = 'Costa Rica';
|
||||
$string['CS'] = 'Serbia and Montenegro';
|
||||
$string['CU'] = 'Cuba';
|
||||
$string['CV'] = 'Cape Verde';
|
||||
$string['CX'] = 'Christmas Island';
|
||||
$string['CY'] = 'Haiperu';
|
||||
$string['CZ'] = 'Czech Republic';
|
||||
$string['DE'] = 'Tiamani';
|
||||
$string['DJ'] = 'Djibouti';
|
||||
$string['DK'] = 'Tenemāka';
|
||||
$string['DM'] = 'Tominika';
|
||||
$string['DO'] = 'Dominican Republic';
|
||||
$string['DZ'] = 'Algeria';
|
||||
$string['EC'] = 'Ekuatoa';
|
||||
$string['EE'] = 'Etonia';
|
||||
$string['EG'] = 'Egypt';
|
||||
$string['EH'] = 'Western Sahara';
|
||||
$string['ER'] = 'Eritrea';
|
||||
$string['ES'] = 'Peina';
|
||||
$string['ET'] = 'Etiopia';
|
||||
$string['FI'] = 'Whinarangi';
|
||||
$string['FJ'] = 'Whiti';
|
||||
$string['FK'] = 'Falkland Islands (Malvinas)';
|
||||
$string['FM'] = 'Micronesia; Federated States of';
|
||||
$string['FO'] = 'Faroe Islands';
|
||||
$string['FR'] = 'Parangi, Wīwī';
|
||||
$string['FX'] = 'France; Metropolitan';
|
||||
$string['GA'] = 'Gabon';
|
||||
$string['GB'] = 'United Kingdom';
|
||||
$string['GD'] = 'Grenada';
|
||||
$string['GE'] = 'Georgia';
|
||||
$string['GF'] = 'French Guiana';
|
||||
$string['GH'] = 'Kāna';
|
||||
$string['GI'] = 'Gibraltar';
|
||||
$string['GL'] = 'Greenland';
|
||||
$string['GM'] = 'Gambia';
|
||||
$string['GN'] = 'Guinea';
|
||||
$string['GP'] = 'Guadeloupe';
|
||||
$string['GQ'] = 'Equatorial Guinea';
|
||||
$string['GR'] = 'Kariki, Karihi';
|
||||
$string['GT'] = 'Guatemala';
|
||||
$string['GU'] = 'Kuamu';
|
||||
$string['GW'] = 'Guinea-Bissau';
|
||||
$string['GY'] = 'Guyana';
|
||||
$string['HK'] = 'Hong Kong';
|
||||
$string['HM'] = 'Heard and Mc Donald Islands';
|
||||
$string['HN'] = 'Honduras';
|
||||
$string['HR'] = 'Croatia (Hrvatska)';
|
||||
$string['HT'] = 'Haiti';
|
||||
$string['HU'] = 'Hanaraki';
|
||||
$string['ID'] = 'Initonīhia';
|
||||
$string['IE'] = 'Airangi';
|
||||
$string['IL'] = 'Iharaira';
|
||||
$string['IN'] = 'Inia';
|
||||
$string['IO'] = 'British Indian Ocean Territory';
|
||||
$string['IQ'] = 'Iraka';
|
||||
$string['IR'] = 'Irana, Pēhia (Islamic Republic of)';
|
||||
$string['IS'] = 'Tiorangi';
|
||||
$string['IT'] = 'Ītari, Itāria';
|
||||
$string['JM'] = 'Hamaika';
|
||||
$string['JO'] = 'Hōrano';
|
||||
$string['JP'] = 'Nipono, Tiapani';
|
||||
$string['KE'] = 'Kenya';
|
||||
$string['KG'] = 'Kyrgyzstan';
|
||||
$string['KH'] = 'Cambodia';
|
||||
$string['KI'] = 'Kiribati';
|
||||
$string['KM'] = 'Comoros';
|
||||
$string['KN'] = 'Saint Kitts and Nevis';
|
||||
$string['KO'] = 'Kosovo';
|
||||
$string['KP'] = 'Kōria; Democratic People\'s Republic of';
|
||||
$string['KR'] = 'Kōria; Republic of';
|
||||
$string['KW'] = 'Kuwait';
|
||||
$string['KY'] = 'Cayman Islands';
|
||||
$string['KZ'] = 'Kazakhstan';
|
||||
$string['LA'] = 'Lao People\'s Democratic Republic';
|
||||
$string['LB'] = 'Lebanon';
|
||||
$string['LC'] = 'Saint Lucia';
|
||||
$string['LI'] = 'Liechtenstein';
|
||||
$string['LK'] = 'Sri Lanka';
|
||||
$string['LR'] = 'Raipiria';
|
||||
$string['LS'] = 'Lesotho';
|
||||
$string['LT'] = 'Lithuania';
|
||||
$string['LU'] = 'Luxembourg';
|
||||
$string['LV'] = 'Latvia';
|
||||
$string['LY'] = 'Libyan Arab Jamahiriya';
|
||||
$string['MA'] = 'Moroko';
|
||||
$string['MC'] = 'Monaco';
|
||||
$string['MD'] = 'Moldova; Republic of';
|
||||
$string['MG'] = 'Madagascar';
|
||||
$string['MH'] = 'Marshall Islands';
|
||||
$string['MK'] = 'Macedonia; Former Yugoslav Republic of';
|
||||
$string['ML'] = 'Mali';
|
||||
$string['MM'] = 'Myanmar';
|
||||
$string['MN'] = 'Mongolia';
|
||||
$string['MO'] = 'Macau';
|
||||
$string['MP'] = 'Northern Mariana Islands';
|
||||
$string['MQ'] = 'Martinique';
|
||||
$string['MR'] = 'Mauritania';
|
||||
$string['MS'] = 'Montserrat';
|
||||
$string['MT'] = 'Merita';
|
||||
$string['MU'] = 'Mauritius';
|
||||
$string['MV'] = 'Maldives';
|
||||
$string['MW'] = 'Malawi';
|
||||
$string['MX'] = 'Mehiko';
|
||||
$string['MY'] = 'Marēhia';
|
||||
$string['MZ'] = 'Mozambique';
|
||||
$string['NA'] = 'Namīpia';
|
||||
$string['NC'] = 'New Caledonia';
|
||||
$string['NE'] = 'Nāika';
|
||||
$string['NF'] = 'Norfolk Island';
|
||||
$string['NG'] = 'Nigeria';
|
||||
$string['NI'] = 'Nicaragua';
|
||||
$string['NL'] = 'Netherlands';
|
||||
$string['NO'] = 'Nōwei';
|
||||
$string['NP'] = 'Nepal';
|
||||
$string['NR'] = 'Nauru';
|
||||
$string['NU'] = 'Niue';
|
||||
$string['NZ'] = 'Aotearoa';
|
||||
$string['OM'] = 'Ōmana';
|
||||
$string['PA'] = 'Panama';
|
||||
$string['PE'] = 'Peru';
|
||||
$string['PF'] = 'French Polynesia';
|
||||
$string['PG'] = 'Papua New Guinea';
|
||||
$string['PH'] = 'Piripīni';
|
||||
$string['PK'] = 'Pakistan';
|
||||
$string['PL'] = 'Poland';
|
||||
$string['PM'] = 'St. Pierre and Miquelon';
|
||||
$string['PN'] = 'Pitcairn';
|
||||
$string['PR'] = 'Puerto Rico';
|
||||
$string['PS'] = 'Paretaina';
|
||||
$string['PT'] = 'Potukara';
|
||||
$string['PW'] = 'Palau';
|
||||
$string['PY'] = 'Paraguay';
|
||||
$string['QA'] = 'Katā';
|
||||
$string['RE'] = 'Reunion';
|
||||
$string['RO'] = 'Romeinia';
|
||||
$string['RU'] = 'Russian Federation';
|
||||
$string['RW'] = 'Rwanda';
|
||||
$string['SA'] = 'Hauri Arāpia';
|
||||
$string['SB'] = 'Ngā Motu Horomona';
|
||||
$string['SC'] = 'Seychelles';
|
||||
$string['SD'] = 'Sudan';
|
||||
$string['SE'] = 'Wītana';
|
||||
$string['SG'] = 'Hingapoa';
|
||||
$string['SH'] = 'Hato Hērena';
|
||||
$string['SI'] = 'Horowinia';
|
||||
$string['SJ'] = 'Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands';
|
||||
$string['SK'] = 'Slovakia (Slovak Republic)';
|
||||
$string['SL'] = 'Sierra Leone';
|
||||
$string['SM'] = 'San Marino';
|
||||
$string['SN'] = 'Senegal';
|
||||
$string['SO'] = 'Somalia';
|
||||
$string['SR'] = 'Suriname';
|
||||
$string['ST'] = 'Sao Tome and Principe';
|
||||
$string['SV'] = 'El Salvador';
|
||||
$string['SY'] = 'Syrian Arab Republic';
|
||||
$string['SZ'] = 'Swaziland';
|
||||
$string['TC'] = 'Turks and Caicos Islands';
|
||||
$string['TD'] = 'Chad';
|
||||
$string['TF'] = 'French Southern Territories';
|
||||
$string['TG'] = 'Togo';
|
||||
$string['TH'] = 'Tairana';
|
||||
$string['TJ'] = 'Tajikistan';
|
||||
$string['TK'] = 'Tokelau';
|
||||
$string['TM'] = 'Turkmenistan';
|
||||
$string['TN'] = 'Tunisia';
|
||||
$string['TO'] = 'Tonga';
|
||||
$string['TP'] = 'East Timor';
|
||||
$string['TR'] = 'Whenua Korukoru';
|
||||
$string['TT'] = 'Trinidad and Tobago';
|
||||
$string['TV'] = 'Tuvalu';
|
||||
$string['TW'] = 'Taiwana';
|
||||
$string['TZ'] = 'Tānahia; United Republic of';
|
||||
$string['UA'] = 'Ūkareinga';
|
||||
$string['UG'] = 'Uganda';
|
||||
$string['US'] = 'Te Hononga o Amerika';
|
||||
$string['UY'] = 'Urukoi';
|
||||
$string['UZ'] = 'Uhipeketāne';
|
||||
$string['VA'] = 'Vatican City State (Holy See)';
|
||||
$string['VC'] = 'Saint Vincent and the Grenadines';
|
||||
$string['VE'] = 'Venezuela';
|
||||
$string['VG'] = 'Virgin Islands (British)';
|
||||
$string['VI'] = 'Virgin Islands (U.S.)';
|
||||
$string['VN'] = 'Whitināmu';
|
||||
$string['VU'] = 'Whenuatū';
|
||||
$string['WA'] = 'Wēra';
|
||||
$string['WF'] = 'Wallis And Futuna Islands';
|
||||
$string['WS'] = 'Hamoa';
|
||||
$string['YE'] = 'Yemen';
|
||||
$string['YT'] = 'Mayotte';
|
||||
$string['ZA'] = 'South Africa';
|
||||
$string['ZM'] = 'Zambia';
|
||||
$string['ZR'] = 'Zaire';
|
||||
$string['ZW'] = 'Zimbabwe';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+73
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// dialogue.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['addmynewentries'] = 'Tāpiria aku tuhinga hou';
|
||||
$string['addmynewentry'] = 'Tāpiria taku tuhinga hou';
|
||||
$string['addsubject'] = 'Tāpiria he Kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['allowmultiple'] = 'Allow more than one Dialogue with the same person';
|
||||
$string['allowstudentdialogues'] = 'Whakaae ngā kōrero Tauira ki Tauira';
|
||||
$string['close'] = 'Katia';
|
||||
$string['closed'] = 'I Katia';
|
||||
$string['confirmclosure'] = 'You are about to close a dialogue with $a. Closed dialogues cannot be reopened. If you close this dialogue you can view it but not add to it, and you will have to start another dialogue to contnue \"talking\" this person.<br /><br />Are you sure you want to close this dialogue?';
|
||||
$string['deleteafter'] = 'Whakakorengia ngā Whakawhiti Kōrero a muri (ngā rā)';
|
||||
$string['dialogueclosed'] = 'Whakawhiti Whakaaro Aukati';
|
||||
$string['dialogueintro'] = 'Whakataki Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['dialoguemail'] = '$a->userfrom has posted a new entry in your
|
||||
dialogue entry for \'$a->dialogue\'
|
||||
|
||||
You can see it appended to your dialogue entry:
|
||||
|
||||
$a->url';
|
||||
$string['dialoguemailhtml'] = '$a->userfrom has posted a new entry in your
|
||||
dialogue entry for \'<i>$a->dialogue</i>\'<br /><br />
|
||||
You can see it appended to your <a href=\"$a->url\">dialogue</a>.';
|
||||
$string['dialoguename'] = 'Ingoa Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['dialogueopened'] = 'I tūwhera he whakawhiti whakaaro ki $a';
|
||||
$string['dialoguewith'] = 'Whakawhiti Whakaaro ki $a';
|
||||
$string['everybody'] = 'Ngā tāngata katoa';
|
||||
$string['furtherinformation'] = 'Ngā Whakaaturanga Anō';
|
||||
$string['lastentry'] = 'Tuhinga Whakamutunga';
|
||||
$string['maildefault'] = 'Aunoa Mēra';
|
||||
$string['mailnotification'] = 'Mail Notification';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['namehascloseddialogue'] = '$a i aukati ngā Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['newdialogueentries'] = 'Ngā Urunga Whakawhiti Whakaaro Hou';
|
||||
$string['newentry'] = 'Tuhinga Hou';
|
||||
$string['noavailablepeople'] = 'Karekau ngā tāngata ki te Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['nopersonchosen'] = 'Karekau he Tangata';
|
||||
$string['nosubject'] = 'Karekau he Kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['notextentered'] = 'Karekau he Tuhinga';
|
||||
$string['notstarted'] = 'Kāore anō koe kia tīmata te kōrero nei';
|
||||
$string['notyetseen'] = 'Kāore anō kia kite';
|
||||
$string['numberofentries'] = 'Ngā Nama Tuhinga';
|
||||
$string['numberofentriesadded'] = 'Ngā Nama Tuhinga i tāpiri $a';
|
||||
$string['of'] = 'o';
|
||||
$string['onwrote'] = 'I / te $a i tuhia';
|
||||
$string['onyouwrote'] = 'I runga i / te $a i tuhi koe';
|
||||
$string['open'] = 'Whakatūwhera';
|
||||
$string['openadialoguewith'] = 'Whakatūwhera he whakawhiti whakaaro ki';
|
||||
$string['opendialogue'] = 'Whakatūwhera he Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['opendialogueentries'] = 'Tūwhera ngā urunga whakawhiti whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['pane0'] = 'Whakatūwhera he whakawhiti whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['pane1'] = '$a Ngā Whakawhiti Whakaaro e tatari ana mō ngā whakautu nāu';
|
||||
$string['pane1one'] = '1 Whakawhiti Whakaaro e tatari ana mō te whakautu nāu';
|
||||
$string['pane2'] = '$a Ngā Whakawhiti Whakaaro e tatari ana mō ngā whakautu nā tērā atu tangata';
|
||||
$string['pane2one'] = '1 Whakawhiti Whakaaro e tatari ana mō ngā whakautu nā tērā atu tangata';
|
||||
$string['pane3'] = '$a Whakawhiti Kōrero i Aukati';
|
||||
$string['pane3one'] = '1 Whakawhiti Kōrero i Aukati';
|
||||
$string['seen'] = 'I kitea i te / ngā $a i mua';
|
||||
$string['sendmailmessages'] = 'Send Mail Messages about my new entries';
|
||||
$string['status'] = 'Tūnga';
|
||||
$string['studenttostudent'] = 'Tauira ki Tauira';
|
||||
$string['subject'] = 'Kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['subjectadded'] = 'Tāpiringa Kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['teachertostudent'] = 'Kaiako ki te Tauira';
|
||||
$string['typefirstentry'] = 'Patopato te tuhinga tuatahi kōnei';
|
||||
$string['typefollowup'] = 'Patopato ngētehi atu kōnei';
|
||||
$string['typeofdialogue'] = 'Patopato he Whakawhiti Whakaaro';
|
||||
$string['typereply'] = 'Patopato he whakautu kōnei';
|
||||
$string['viewallentries'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Urunga Whakawhiti Whakaaro a $a ';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+48
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
Moodle documentation
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to translate this documentation into another language,
|
||||
I would suggest that you:
|
||||
|
||||
1) don't include English versions of the files in this directory
|
||||
because they will be used automatically anyway if it is missing
|
||||
from your language pack.
|
||||
|
||||
2) translate them in this order (starting with the important ones):
|
||||
|
||||
MOST IMPORTANT
|
||||
|-------------------
|
||||
|
|
||||
| - files.php
|
||||
| - install.html
|
||||
| - installamp.html
|
||||
| - upgrade.html
|
||||
| - faq.html
|
||||
|
|
||||
| -----------------
|
||||
|
|
||||
| - teacher.html
|
||||
| - module_files.txt
|
||||
|
|
||||
| -----------------
|
||||
|
|
||||
| - intro.html
|
||||
| - features.html
|
||||
| - release.html
|
||||
|
|
||||
| -----------------
|
||||
|
|
||||
| - developer.html
|
||||
| - cvs.html
|
||||
| - future.html
|
||||
|
|
||||
| -----------------
|
||||
|
|
||||
| - license.html
|
||||
|
|
||||
|-------------------
|
||||
LEAST IMPORTANT
|
||||
|
||||
3) Please don't translate credits.html at all - it changes too much.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+79
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Background</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="./docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Background</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle is an active and evolving work in progress. Development was started
|
||||
by <a href="http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1&course=1" target="_top">Martin
|
||||
Dougiamas</a> who continues to lead the project:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><em>I've been working on it, in some way or other, for several years. It
|
||||
started in the 90's when I was webmaster at <a target=_top href="http://www.curtin.edu.au/">Curtin
|
||||
University of Technology</a> and a system administrator of their WebCT installation.
|
||||
I encountered many frustrations with the WebCT beast and developed an itch
|
||||
that needed scratching - there had to be a better way (no, not Blackboard
|
||||
:-)</em></p>
|
||||
<p><em>I also know a lot of people in schools and smaller institutions (and
|
||||
some big ones!) who want to make better use of the Internet but don't know
|
||||
where to start in the maze of technologies and pedagogies that are out there.
|
||||
I've always hoped there would be a Free alternative that such people could
|
||||
use to help them move their teaching skills into the online environment. </em></p>
|
||||
<p><em>My strong beliefs in the unrealised possibilities of Internet-based education
|
||||
led me to complete a Masters and then a PhD in Education, combining my former
|
||||
career in Computer Science with newly constructed knowledge about the nature
|
||||
of learning and collaboration. In particular, I am particularly influenced
|
||||
by the epistemology of social constructionism - which not only treats learning
|
||||
as a social activity, but focusses attention on the learning that occurs while
|
||||
actively constructing artifacts (such as texts) for others to see or use.
|
||||
</em></p>
|
||||
<p><em>It is crucial to me that this software be easy to use - in fact it should
|
||||
be as intuitive as possible. </em></p>
|
||||
<p><em>I'm committed to continuing my work on Moodle and on keeping it Open
|
||||
and Free. I have a deeply-held belief in the importance of unrestricted education
|
||||
and empowered teaching, and Moodle is the main way I can contribute to the
|
||||
realisation of these ideals.</em></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>A number of early prototypes were produced and discarded before he released
|
||||
version 1.0 upon a largely unsuspecting world on August 20, 2002. This version
|
||||
was targeted towards smaller, more intimate classes at University level, and
|
||||
was the subject of research case studies that closely analysed the nature of
|
||||
collaboration and reflection that occurred among these small groups of adult
|
||||
participants.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>Since then there has been steady series of new releases adding new features,
|
||||
better scalability and improved performance.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>As Moodle has spread and the community has grown, more input is being drawn
|
||||
from a wider variety of people in different teaching situations. For example,
|
||||
Moodle is now used not only in Universities, but in high schools, primary schools,
|
||||
non-profit organisations, private companies, by independent teachers and even
|
||||
homeschooling parents. A growing number of people from around the world are
|
||||
contributing to Moodle in different ways - for more details see the <a href="?file=credits.html">Credits</a>
|
||||
page.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>An important feature of the Moodle project is the <a href="http://moodle.org" target="_top">moodle.org</a>
|
||||
web site, which provides a central point for information, discussion and collaboration
|
||||
among Moodle users, who include system administrators, teachers, researchers,
|
||||
instructional designers and of course, developers. Like Moodle, this site is
|
||||
always evolving to suit the needs of the community, and like Moodle it will
|
||||
always be Free.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>In 2003, the company <a href="http://moodle.com/" target="_top">moodle.com</a>
|
||||
was launched to provide additional commercial support for those who need it, as
|
||||
well as managed hosting, consulting and other services.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>For more about our future plans for Moodle, see the <a href="?file=future.html">Future</a>
|
||||
roadmap.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+206
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Coding Guidelines</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Moodle Coding Guidelines</h1>
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">Any collaborative project needs consistency and stability
|
||||
to stay strong.</p>
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">These guidelines are to provide a goal for all Moodle code
|
||||
to strive to. It's true that some of the older existing code falls short in
|
||||
a few areas, but it will all be fixed eventually. All new code definitely must
|
||||
adhere to these standards as closely as possible.</p>
|
||||
<h2>General Rules</h2>
|
||||
<ol class="normaltext">
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All code files should use the .php extension.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All template files should use the .html extension.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All text files should use Unix-style text format (most text
|
||||
editors have this as an option).</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All php tags must be 'full' tags like <font color="#339900"><?php
|
||||
?></font> ... not 'short' tags like <font color="#339900"><? ?></font>.
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All existing copyright notices must be retained. You can
|
||||
add your own if necessary.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Each file should include the main config.php file.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Each file should check that the user is authenticated correctly,
|
||||
using require_login() and isadmin(), isteacher(), iscreator() or isstudent().</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All access to databases should use the functions in lib/datalib.php
|
||||
whenever possible - this allows compatibility across a wide range of databases.
|
||||
You should find that almost anything is possible using these functions. If you must write SQL code then make sure it is: cross-platform; restricted to specific functions
|
||||
within your code (usually a lib.php file); and clearly marked.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Don't create or use global variables except for the standard
|
||||
$CFG, $SESSION, $THEME and $USER.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All variables should be initialised or at least tested for
|
||||
existence using isset() or empty() before they are used.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All strings should be translatable - create new texts in
|
||||
the "lang/en" files with concise English lowercase names and retrieve them
|
||||
from your code using get_string() or print_string().</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">All help files should be translatable - create new texts
|
||||
in the "en/help" directory and call them using helpbutton().
|
||||
<p>If you need to update a help file:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>with a minor change, where an old translation of the
|
||||
file would still make sense, then it's OK to make the change
|
||||
but you should notify [email protected]</li>
|
||||
<li>for a major change you should create a new file by adding
|
||||
an incrementing number (eg filename2.html) so that translators
|
||||
can easily see it's a new version of the file. Obviously the
|
||||
new code and the help index files should also be modified to point
|
||||
to the newest versions.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Incoming data from the browser (sent via GET or POST) automatically
|
||||
has magic_quotes applied (regardless of the PHP settings) so that you can safely
|
||||
insert it straight into the database. All other raw data (from files, or from databases)
|
||||
must be escaped with <font color="#339900">addslashes()</font> before inserting it into the database.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">IMPORTANT: All texts within Moodle, especially those that have
|
||||
come from users, should be printed using the format_text() function. This ensures that
|
||||
text is filtered and cleaned correctly.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h2>Coding Style</h2>
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">I know it can be a little annoying to change your style
|
||||
if you're used to something else, but balance that annoyance against the annoyance
|
||||
of all the people trying later on to make sense of Moodle code with mixed styles.
|
||||
There are obviously many good points for and against any style that people use,
|
||||
but the current style just <strong>is</strong>, so please stick to it. </p>
|
||||
<ol class="normaltext">
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Indenting</strong> should be consistently 4 spaces.
|
||||
Don't use tabs AT ALL. </li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Variable names</strong> should always be easy-to-read,
|
||||
meaningful lowercase English words. If you really need more than one word
|
||||
then run them together, but keep them short as possible. Use
|
||||
plural names for arrays of objects.
|
||||
<p class="examplecode"><font color="#006600">GOOD: $quiz<br>
|
||||
GOOD: $errorstring<br>
|
||||
GOOD: $assignments (for an array of objects)<br>
|
||||
GOOD: $i (but only in little loops)<br>
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
BAD: $Quiz <br>
|
||||
BAD: $aReallyLongVariableNameWithoutAGoodReason<br>
|
||||
BAD: $error_string</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Constants</strong> should always be in upper case,
|
||||
and always start with the name of the module. They should have words separated
|
||||
by underscores.
|
||||
<p class="examplecode"><font color="#006600">define("FORUM_MODE_FLATOLDEST",
|
||||
1);</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Function names</strong> should be simple English
|
||||
lowercase words, and start with the name of the module to avoid conflicts between modules.
|
||||
Words should be separated by underscores. Parameters should always have sensible
|
||||
defaults if possible. Note there is no space between the function name and
|
||||
the following (brackets). <br>
|
||||
<p class="examplecode"> <font color="#007700">function </font><font color="#0000BB">forum_set_display_mode</font><font color="#007700">(</font><font color="#0000BB">$mode</font><font color="#007700">=</font><font color="#0000BB">0</font><font color="#007700">)
|
||||
{<br />
|
||||
global </font><font color="#0000BB">$USER</font><font color="#007700">,
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000BB">$CFG</font><font color="#007700">;<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
if (</font><font color="#0000BB">$mode</font><font color="#007700">)
|
||||
{<br />
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000BB">$USER</font><font color="#007700">-></font><font color="#0000BB">mode
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">= </font><font color="#0000BB">$mode</font><font color="#007700">;<br />
|
||||
} else if (empty(</font><font color="#0000BB">$USER</font><font color="#007700">-></font><font color="#0000BB">mode</font><font color="#007700">))
|
||||
{<br />
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000BB">$USER</font><font color="#007700">-></font><font color="#0000BB">mode
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">= </font><font color="#0000BB">$CFG</font><font color="#007700">-></font><font color="#0000BB">forum_displaymode</font><font color="#007700">;<br />
|
||||
}<br />
|
||||
}</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Blocks</strong> must always be enclosed in curly
|
||||
braces (even if there is only one line). Moodle uses this style:
|
||||
<p class="examplecode"> <font color="#006600">if (</font><font color="#0000CC">$quiz</font><font color="#006600">-></font><font color="#0000CC">attempts</font><font color="#006600">)
|
||||
{<br />
|
||||
if (</font><font color="#0000CC">$numattempts </font><font color="#006600">>
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000CC">$quiz</font><font color="#006600">-></font><font color="#0000CC">attempts</font><font color="#006600">)
|
||||
{<br />
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000CC">error</font><font color="#006600">(</font><font color="#0000BB">$strtoomanyattempts</font><font color="#006600">,
|
||||
</font><font color="#CC0000">"view.php?id=$cm</font><font color="#006600">-></font><font color="#CC0000">id"</font><font color="#006600">);<br />
|
||||
}<br />
|
||||
}</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Strings</strong> should be defined using single quotes
|
||||
where possible, for increased speed.<br>
|
||||
<p class="examplecode"> <font color="#006600">$var = 'some text without any
|
||||
variables';<br>
|
||||
$var = "with special characters like a new line \n";<br>
|
||||
$var = 'a very, very long string with a '.$single.' variable in it';<br>
|
||||
$var = "some $text with $many variables $within it"; </font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Comments</strong> should use two or three slashes
|
||||
and line up nicely with the code.
|
||||
<p class="examplecode"><font color="#006600">function </font><font color="#0000BB">forum_get_ratings_mean</font><font color="#007700">(</font><font color="#0000BB">$postid</font><font color="#007700">,
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000BB">$scale</font><font color="#007700">, </font><font color="#0000BB">$ratings</font><font color="#007700">=</font><font color="#0000BB">NULL</font><font color="#007700">)
|
||||
{<br />
|
||||
</font><font color="#FF8000">/// Return the mean rating of a post given
|
||||
to the current user by others.<br />
|
||||
/// Scale is an array of possible ratings in the scale<br />
|
||||
/// Ratings is an optional simple array of actual ratings (just integers)<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">if (!</font><font color="#0000BB">$ratings</font><font color="#007700">)
|
||||
{<br />
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000BB">$ratings
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">= array(); </font><font color="#FF8000">//
|
||||
Initialize the empty array</font><font color="#007700"><br />
|
||||
if (</font><font color="#0000BB">$rates
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">= </font><font color="#0000BB">get_records</font><font color="#007700">(</font><font color="#DD0000">"forum_ratings"</font><font color="#007700">,
|
||||
</font><font color="#DD0000">"post"</font><font color="#007700">, </font><font color="#0000BB">$postid</font><font color="#007700">))
|
||||
{<br>
|
||||
</font><font color="#FF8000">//
|
||||
Process each rating in turn</font><font color="#007700"><br />
|
||||
foreach
|
||||
(</font><font color="#0000BB">$rates </font><font color="#007700">as </font><font color="#0000BB">$rate</font><font color="#007700">)
|
||||
{</font> <br>
|
||||
....etc </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced"><strong>Space</strong> should be used liberally - don't be
|
||||
afraid to spread things out a little to gain some clarity. Generally, there
|
||||
should be one space between brackets and normal statements, but no space between
|
||||
brackets and variables or functions:<br>
|
||||
<p class="examplecode"> <font color="#007700">foreach (</font><font color="#0000BB">$objects
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">as </font><font color="#0000BB">$key </font><font color="#007700">=></font><font color="#0000BB">
|
||||
$thing</font><font color="#007700">)</font><font color="#006600"> {<br>
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700"> </font><font color="#0000BB">process($thing);</font><font color="#006600">
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
} <br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">if (</font><font color="#0000BB">$x </font><font color="#007700">==
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000BB">$y</font><font color="#007700">)</font><font color="#006600">
|
||||
{<br>
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700"> </font><font color="#0000BB">$a
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">= </font><font color="#0000BB">$b</font><font color="#007700">;</font><font color="#006600"><br>
|
||||
} else if (</font><font color="#0000BB">$x </font><font color="#007700">==
|
||||
</font><font color="#0000BB">$z</font><font color="#006600">) {<br>
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700"> </font><font color="#0000BB">$a
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">= </font><font color="#0000BB">$c</font><font color="#007700">;</font><font color="#006600"><br>
|
||||
} else {<br>
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700"> </font><font color="#0000BB">$a
|
||||
</font><font color="#007700">= </font><font color="#0000BB">$d</font><font color="#007700">;</font><font color="#006600"><br>
|
||||
} </font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h2>Database structures</h2>
|
||||
<ol class="normaltext">
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Every table must have an auto-incrementing <strong>id</strong> field (INT10) as primary index.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">The main table containing instances of each module must have the same name as the module (eg <strong>widget</strong>) and contain the following minimum fields:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><strong>id</strong> - as described above</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>course</strong> - the id of the course that each instance belongs to</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>name</strong> - the full name of each instance of the module</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Other tables associated with a module that contain information about 'things' should be named <strong>widget_things</strong> (note the plural).</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Column names should be simple and short, following the same rules as for variable names.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Where possible, columns that contain a reference to the id field of another table (eg <strong>widget</strong>) should be called <strong>widgetid</strong>. (Note that this convention is newish and not followed in some older tables)</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Boolean fields should be implemented as small integer fields (eg INT4) containing 0 or 1, to allow for later expansion of values if necessary.</li>
|
||||
<li class="spaced">Most tables should have a <strong>timemodified</strong> field (INT10) which is updated with a current timestamp obtained with the PHP <strong>time</strong>() function.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+240
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Credits</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
|
||||
<h1>Credits</h1>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>Overall guidance</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><a href="http://dougiamas.com/" target="_top">Martin Dougiamas</a> is the originator, lead developer, project manager, release manager and general teaboy for the whole Moodle project. Do you take sugar?</p>
|
||||
<p>The Moodle software package is <a href="?file=licence.html">Copyright © 1999-2004, Martin Dougiamas under the GNU GPL</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>Main Developers</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>A special thanks from all of us goes to those who have contributed substantial and ongoing amounts of time
|
||||
to writing Moodle code and helping it grow. These are people who "get" what developing Moodle is all about and without whom Moodle would be a far lesser thing:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong> Eloy Lafuente (stronk7), Ray Kingdon, Williams Castillo, Petri Asikainen, Henrik Kaipe, Zbigniew Fiedorowicz, Gustav Delius, Thomas Robb, Janne Mikkonen, Jon Papaioannou, Scott Elliott, Shane Elliott, Roberto Pinna (Bobo), Mike Churchward</strong></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>Other Contributors</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Many other people have contributed (and are still contributing) with constructive
|
||||
discussions, support, testing and various chunks of code and documentation. This list is long and always
|
||||
changing, but some names include (in the order they were added):
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Peter C. Taylor, Art Lader, Matt Hope, Tom Murdock, Sébastien Namèche, James Miller, Dustin
|
||||
Rue, Holger Schadeck, Giovanni Tummarello, John Windmueller, Sean Keogh, Mitsuhiro
|
||||
Yoshida, Greg Barnett, Mark Kimes, Mary Hunter, Russell Jungwirth, Przemyslaw Stencel,
|
||||
John "Captain" Eyre, Paula Edmiston, Howard Miller, Claudio Tavares, P. Timothy Ervin,
|
||||
Bob Calder, Ursula Raab, David Delgado, Mad Alex, Gaëtan Frenoy, Bernard Boucher,
|
||||
Bryan Williams, Rob Butner, Koen Roggemans, David Scotson, Torsten Anderson, Eamon Costello, Hannes Gassert.</strong></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Sorry if we've forgotten to include your name here - the Moodle community is large and active so this list is difficult
|
||||
to maintain! Please email Martin and make your suggestions! :-) </p>
|
||||
<p>Thanks also to <strong>everyone</strong> of you who have
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>donated via the <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/donations">Donations
|
||||
page</a>,
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>contributed to the <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/bugs">bug tracker</a>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>participated in the <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/community">Moodle
|
||||
Community</a> </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h2>Translators</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>One of Moodle's strengths is the number of translations it has. Each translation takes many hours of work, as there are
|
||||
over 1000 phrases to translate (plus hundreds of help files!). Many of the languages
|
||||
have more than one contributor, sometimes working together and sometimes working serially.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>Maintaining a list of all these wonderful people is too difficult, so please look at the <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/download/lang/">Language
|
||||
download page</a> for names and details.</p>
|
||||
<p>The Translation Coordinator is Koen Roggemans (<a href="mailto:tra%6es%6ca%74%69o%6e%40%6d%6f%6f%64%6c%65.org">translation@moodle.org</a>).</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>Themes</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Themes give Moodle sites some colour and life. Here are all the themes carried
|
||||
as part of the Moodle distribution, along with their authors:
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><b>standard* and cordoroyblue</b>, by Martin Dougiamas
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><b>oceanblue</b>, by Mitsuhiro Yoshida, <a target=_top href="http://mitstek.com">http://mitstek.com</a>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><b>brightretro, cornflower</b>, by Thomas Murdock, <a target=_top href="http://sand-paper.org/">http://sand-paper.org</a>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><b>garden</b>, by Spiggy, <a target=_top href="http://phpgirl.com">http://phpgirl.com</a> </li>
|
||||
<li><strong>formal_white</strong>, by Andrea Bicciolo</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>Moodle libraries</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Some of Moodle's libraries were written by other people, and are being redistributed
|
||||
as part of Moodle under their respective open source licenses that thankfully
|
||||
allow us to do so. My thanks go out to the authors of all these excellent
|
||||
products - without them Moodle would be missing important functionality. Copyright
|
||||
information for each package is included below:</p>
|
||||
<p><b>ADOdb </b>- lib/adodb</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Database abstraction library for MySQL, PostgreSQL, MSSQL, Oracle, Interbase,
|
||||
Foxpro, Access, ADO, Sybase, DB2 and ODBC.</p>
|
||||
<p>Version: 4.50<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2000-2004 John Lim ([email protected])<br>
|
||||
License: Dual LGPL and BSD-style<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://adodb.sourceforge.net" target="newpage">http://adodb.sourceforge.net</a><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><b>Graph Class</b> - lib/graphlib.php </p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Class to draw line, point, bar, and area graphs, including numeric x-axis
|
||||
and double y-axis.</p>
|
||||
<p> Version: 1.6.3 (with modifications)<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2000 Herman Veluwenkamp, [email protected]<br>
|
||||
License: LGPL<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<p><b>html2text</b> - lib/html2text.php</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>PHP script to convert HTML into an approximate text equivalent</p>
|
||||
<p> Version: 1.0 (with modifications)<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2002 Mark Wilton-Jones<br>
|
||||
License: <a href="http://www.howtocreate.co.uk/jslibs/termsOfUse.html">HowToCreate script license</a> with written permission<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://www.howtocreate.co.uk/php/">http://www.howtocreate.co.uk/php/</a><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<p><b>htmlArea</b> - lib/editor</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Javascript/HTML script to put a GUI editor in textareas on Internet Explorer and Mozilla</p>
|
||||
<p> Version: 3.0 beta (with modifications)<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2002 <a href="http://interactivetools.com">interactivetools.com</a>, inc.<br>
|
||||
License: htmlArea License (based on BSD license)<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<p><b>IP-Atlas</b> - lib/ipatlas</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>PHP scripts to show the location of an IP address on a map.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version: 1.0 (with modifications)<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2002 Ivan Kozik<br>
|
||||
License: GNU GPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://www.xpenguin.com/ip-atlas.php" target="newpage">http://www.xpenguin.com/ip-atlas.php</a></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<p><b>kses</b> - lib/kses.php</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>HTML/XHTML filter that only allows some elements and attributes</p>
|
||||
<p>Version: 0.2.1<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2002,2003 Ulf Harnhammar <br />
|
||||
License: GNU GPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/kses" target="newpage">http://sourceforge.net/projects/kses</a>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<p><b>mimeTeX</b> - filter/tex</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Compiled C program to convert TeX into GIFs<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version: 1.4 <br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2002-2004 John Forkosh Associates, Inc<br>
|
||||
License: GNU GPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://www.forkosh.com/mimetex.html">http://www.forkosh.com/mimetex.html</a><br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://moodle.org/download/mimetex">http://moodle.org/download/mimetex</a></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><b>overlibmws</b> - lib/overlib.js</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Javascript library to enable DHTML popups, floating windows, events etc<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version: July 2004<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2002-2004 Foteos Macrides<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 1998-2004 Erik Bosrup<br>
|
||||
License: Artistic Open Source License<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://www.macridesweb.com/oltest/">http://www.macridesweb.com/oltest/</a><br>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><b>PclZip</b> - lib/pclzip</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Class to create, manage and unpack zip files.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version: 2.0 RC2<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2003 Vincent Blavet <[email protected]><br>
|
||||
License: GNU GPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://www.phpconcept.net" target="newpage">http://www.phpconcept.net</a><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><b>PHP mailer</b> - lib/class.phpmailer.php</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Class for sending email using either sendmail, PHP mail(), or SMTP.
|
||||
Methods are based upon the standard AspEmail(tm) classes.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version 1.71,<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2003 Brent R. Matzelle <[email protected]><br>
|
||||
License: LGPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://phpmailer.sourceforge.net" target="newpage">http://phpmailer.sourceforge.net</a><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><b>PHP Markdown</b> - lib/markdown.php </p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Functions to convert from the Markdown text format into clean XHTML.</p>
|
||||
<p> Version: 1.0b9 (with modifications)<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2003-2004 , John Gruber<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2004 , Michel Fortin<br>
|
||||
License: LGPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://www.michelf.com/projects/php-markdown/" target="newpage">http://www.michelf.com/projects/php-markdown/</a><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<p><b>Snoopy</b> - lib/snoopy</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>A PHP net client<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version: 1.0<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 1999-2000 Monte Ohrt <[email protected]><br>
|
||||
License: GNU LGPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://snoopy.sourceforge.com">http://snoopy.sourceforge.com</a><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><b>Spreadsheet::WriteExcel</b> - lib/excel</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>A library for generating Excel Spreadsheets.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version: 2002-11-28<br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2002 Xavier Noguer <[email protected]><br>
|
||||
License: GNU LGPL<br>
|
||||
URL: <a href="http://jeffn.users.phpclasses.org/browse.html/package/767.html" target="newpage">http://jeffn.users.phpclasses.org/browse.html/package/767.html</a><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><b>SMTP class </b>- lib/class.smtp.php</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Class that can be used to connect and communicate with any SMTP
|
||||
server. <br>
|
||||
It implements all the SMTP functions defined in RFC821 except TURN.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Version: 03/26/2001 <br>
|
||||
Copyright © 2001 Chris Ryan <[email protected]></p>
|
||||
<p><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+232
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: How to use CVS</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
.style1 {color: #990000}
|
||||
.style3 {color: #990000; font-weight: bold; }
|
||||
.style4 {
|
||||
color: #0000CC;
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
|
||||
<h1>CVS for Moodle Developers</h1>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>CVS is the <strong>Concurrent Versioning System</strong>, a commonly-used way of managing source code for large software projects. CVS keeps all versions of all files so that nothing is ever lost, and usage by different people is tracked. It also provides ways to merge code if two or more people are working on the same file. All code and all versions are stored on a central server (in the case of Moodle, at <a target="_top" href="http://www.sf.net/">Sourceforge</a>). </p>
|
||||
<p>If you just want to download Moodle using CVS to run a site, then you probably don't need this page - just follow the simpler CVS instructions on the <a target="_top" href="http://moodle.org/download">Moodle download page</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><a href="#1">Joining the project as a developer</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#2">CVS Modules</a> </li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#3">Basic CVS Commands</a> <br>
|
||||
3.1. <a href="#3.1">CVS on Unix</a> <br>
|
||||
3.2. <a href="#3.2">CVS on Windows</a></li>
|
||||
<li> <a href="#4">Working with Branches</a><br>
|
||||
4.1. <a href="#4.1">Trunk development</a><br>
|
||||
4.2. <a href="#4.2">Stable branches for each release</a><br>
|
||||
4.3. <a href="#4.3">Feature branches for large changes</a> </li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h2><a name="1"></a>1. Joining the project as a developer</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>So, you've been offered CVS write access to help us develop and maintain Moodle! <a href="http://sourceforge.net/project/memberlist.php?group_id=30935">Welcome aboard</a>!</p>
|
||||
<p>To be able to write changes into <a target="_top" href="http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/moodle/moodle/">Moodle's CVS archive</a>, you first need to have an account at Sourceforge (<a href="http://sourceforge.net/account/register.php">registration is free and easy</a>). For the examples on this page, let's assume your username is <strong><font color="#990000">myusername</font></strong> and your password is <strong><font color="#990000">mypassword</font></strong>. Take special note of the sourceforge instructions to <a target="_top" href="http://sourceforge.net/docman/display_doc.php?docid=768&group_id=1#develhomedir">create your CVS home directory</a> - something you have to do with every new account to "enable" it for CVS. Basically you just have to use ssh to interactively connect to cvs.sourceforge.net.</p>
|
||||
<p>Once you have a working Sourceforge account, contact <a
|
||||
target="_top" href="http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1&course=1">Martin Dougiamas</a> so he can set up your account with write access to particular Moodle directories.</p>
|
||||
<p>To avoid being prompted for <strong><font color="#990000">mypassword</font></strong> every time you run a CVS command, follow the <a target="_top" href="http://sourceforge.net/account/editsshkeys.php">Sourceforge directions for using authorized keys</a>. This step is optional, but it can make your CVS experience a lot nicer.</p>
|
||||
<p>With that done, you should have all the permissions you need, so you just need to set up your machine and download the current sources so you can start working on them. </p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h2><a name="2" id="2"></a>2. CVS Modules</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Within CVS, the word "modules" refers to separate collections of code. In Moodle we have the following modules within our repository:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>moodle</strong> - the main Moodle source code</p>
|
||||
<p><strong>contrib</strong> - user contributions and other assorted code in development</p>
|
||||
<p><strong>mysql</strong> - a customised phpMyAdmin to plug into Moodle for database admin</p>
|
||||
<p><strong>windows-cron</strong> - a small package that makes cron possible on Windows systems</p>
|
||||
<p><strong>docs</strong> - various extra user-contributed documentation</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Most people are working on the existing features in the <strong>moodle</strong> module, but many are also contributing new ideas in the <strong>contrib</strong> modules. Once code reaches a certain level of maturity in the <strong>contrib</strong> area, it can be migrated over into the main <strong>moodle</strong> tree. </p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h2><a name="3" id="3"></a>3. Basic CVS Commands </h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3><a name="3.1" id="3.1"></a>3.1 CVS on Unix </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Sourceforge CVS uses ssh as a transport layer for security, so you will have to set a CVS_RSH environment variable in your Unix shell. It's best to put these commands in your .bashrc or .cshrc so you don't have to type it all the time<strong>:</strong></p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">setenv CVS_RSH ssh <em>(for csh, tcsh etc)</em><br />
|
||||
export CVS_RSH=ssh <em>(for sh, bash etc)</em></div>
|
||||
<p>Next, you can check out the latest development version of Moodle using this (all one line): </p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs -z3 -d:ext:<span class="style1">myusername</span>@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/moodle co moodle</div>
|
||||
<p>The command is similar for other CVS modules:</p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs -z3 -d:ext:[email protected]:/cvsroot/moodle co contrib</div>
|
||||
<p>Don't try to do run this first CVS command over an existing moodle installation: start fresh with a new directory.</p>
|
||||
<p>Note that you will be prompted for <strong><font color="#990000">mypassword</font></strong> for each command unless you set up <a target="_top" href="http://sourceforge.net/account/editsshkeys.php">authorized keys</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Now, you should have a new 'moodle' directory. You can rename it and move it around if you like. Go into it: </p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cd moodle </div>
|
||||
<p>All the latest Moodle files should be in there. You can now change files in your copy. To compare your files and directories against the main CVS copy on the server use cvs diff, e.g.: </p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs diff -c config-dist.php<br />
|
||||
cvs diff -c lang </div>
|
||||
<p>To fetch the latest updates from the server use: </p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs update -dP</div>
|
||||
<p>To copy your new files back to the server you would do something like: </p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cd lang/ca <br />
|
||||
cvs commit</div>
|
||||
<p>You will be prompted to add some comments (depends on your default text editor) ... add a meaningful comment and close the editor ... the files will be sent to Sourceforge and stored. Done! </p>
|
||||
<p>To save more time you can put default arguments into a file called .cvsrc in your home directory. For example, mine contains: </p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">diff -c <br />
|
||||
update -dP</div>
|
||||
<p>Try 'cvs help' for more details ... </p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3><a name="3.2" id="3.2"></a>3.2 CVS on Windows </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>First, you need to download a completely fresh copy of Moodle using your developer account.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li> Get TortoiseCVS from <a target="_top" href="http://www.tortoisecvs.org/">tortoisecvs.org</a> and install it, then reboot.</li>
|
||||
<li>Find or create a new folder somewhere where you want Moodle to be downloaded to.</li>
|
||||
<li>Right-mouse-click that folder and choose "<strong>CVS Checkout</strong>" from the menu. You should see a dialog box.</li>
|
||||
<li>Copy this text into the CVSROOT field (using your own username!):
|
||||
<pre> :ext:<font color="#990000">myusername</font>@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/moodle</pre>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Under the "Module" field, type "<strong>moodle</strong>" to get the latest development version of Moodle, "<strong>contrib</strong>" to get the contributions directory, or "<strong>mysql</strong>" to get the MySQL Admin module.</li>
|
||||
<li>Press the button: "<strong>OK</strong>" and everything should be downloaded.<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>A dialog box should show all the files being downloaded, and after a while you should have a complete copy of Moodle. After this first checkout, you can fetch the latest updated files from the CVS server:</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li> Right-mouse-click on your Moodle folder (or any file) and select "<strong>CVS Update</strong>". </li>
|
||||
<li>Sit back and watch the logs scroll by. Take note of conflicts that may occur if your local code has changes that conflict with the incoming versions - you will need to edit these files and resolve the conflicts manually. <br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>After modifying files (you will notice their icons change from green to red!), you can commit them back to the CVS server like this:</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li> Right-mouse-click on your Moodle folder (or any file) and select "<strong>CVS Commit...</strong>".</li>
|
||||
<li>In the dialog box, type a clear description of the changes you are committing.</li>
|
||||
<li>Click "OK". Your changes will be sent to the server.<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h2><a name="4" id="4"></a>4. Working with Branches</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This diagram shows how the main <strong>moodle</strong> module branches into different versions over time.</p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><img src="pix/cvstree.png" width="500" height="200"></p>
|
||||
<p align="left">To see all the current tags and branches that are available, use this command on any old file (such as index.php in the top moodle directory):</p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs status -v index.php</div>
|
||||
<p>Some tagging guidelines:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Tag and branch names should always be all upper-case.</li>
|
||||
<li>Tags and branches should ALWAYS be applied to the <strong>entire module</strong> (all of Moodle). Don't tag individual files or directories. </li>
|
||||
<li>We don't allow renaming of tags because people may be relying on them, so get them right the first time! </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p><br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3><a name="4.1" id="4.1"></a>4.1 Trunk development</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The Trunk of CVS is the main development version of Moodle. In CVS it is also known as the <span class="style4">HEAD</span>, or default branch.</p>
|
||||
<p>Moodle developers try to keep this stable as possible, but as it usually contains new code it probably has bugs and small instabilities.</p>
|
||||
<p>Every now and then we decide the product has enough features to make a release. At this time, the trunk is tagged with a <strong>MOODLE_XX_BETA</strong> tag (in case we ever want to roll back to that point) and a new branch is formed for the release, called <span class="style1">MOODLE_XX_STABLE</span>. </p>
|
||||
<p>A Beta package is also released at this point - it's for testers who don't use CVS but want to test the latest features and report bugs.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3><a name="4.2" id="4.2"></a>4.2 Stable branches for each release</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>As soon as the stable branch <span class="style3">MOODLE_XX_STABLE</span> is created, development efforts will fork into two streams for a while. Some people may continue working on new features in the trunk for the next release, but most developers should be concentrating on using the current <span class="style1"><strong>STABLE</strong></span> branch and fixing bugs that are found in it. </p>
|
||||
<p>You can switch your local copy of Moodle to the STABLE version using the following command in Unix from the root directory:</p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs update -dP -r <span class="style1">MOODLE_XX_STABLE</span></div>
|
||||
<p>After that, all the commands described above will apply to that stable version. To return to the trunk version just issue:</p>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs update -dPA</div>
|
||||
<p>On Windows clients you should have a menu from which you can choose the branch. </p>
|
||||
<p>Once the new STABLE branch really stabilises, a release can be declared. Packages are created for distribution and the branch will be tagged (by Martin) with a tag named: <strong>MOODLE_XXX</strong></p>
|
||||
<p>Periodically, bug fixes in the STABLE branch should be merged into the trunk so that they become available in future versions of Moodle. A floating tag called MOODLE_XX_MERGED will be maintained to keep track of the last merge. The procedure for such a merge is as follows:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Get out the very latest trunk version.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs update -dPA</div>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Merge everything on the branch since the last merge, into your trunk version<br><br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs update -kk -j MOODLE_13_MERGED -j MOODLE_13_STABLE</div>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Carefully watch the update logs for conflicts, and fix every file that you see with a conflict</li>
|
||||
<li>Check the merged copy back into CVS trunk version<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs commit</div>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Go back to the branch version<br><br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs update -dPr MOODLE_13_STABLE</div>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Update the floating merge tag so that this process can be repeated next time<br><br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs tag -RF MOODLE_13_MERGED</div>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p><br>
|
||||
Finally, the values for <em>$version</em> in all the Moodle version.php files within the stable branch should not be updated at all if possible (except the last digit if necessary). The reason is that someone updating from a very stable version to the next very stable version could miss database upgrades that happened on the trunk. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3><a name="4.3" id="4.3"></a>4.3 Feature branches for large changes </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Occasionally, there may be a very large feature that needs to be checked in so several people can work on it, but it is too unstable to be included in the main development trunk.</p>
|
||||
<p>In these cases a short-term branch can be created to work on the feature, and then merged back into the main trunk as soon as possible. An example called <span class="style1"><strong>MOODLE_14_WIDGET</strong></span> branch can be seen in the above diagram.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you need to do this for your new WIDGET feature, follow these steps:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Discuss with other developers to make sure it's necessary!</li>
|
||||
<li>Make a new tag on the <strong>trunk</strong> (for all of moodle) called <strong>MOODLE_XX_WIDGET_PRE</strong>
|
||||
<br><br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs tag -R MOODLE_XX_WIDGET_PRE</div></li>
|
||||
<li>Create your branch called <span class="style1"><strong>MOODLE_XX_WIDGET</strong></span>
|
||||
<br><br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs tag -Rb <span class="style1">MOODLE_XX_WIDGET</span></strong></div></li>
|
||||
<li>Work in that branch until the feature is reasonably stable. Commit as necessary.
|
||||
<br><br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">cvs commit</div></li>
|
||||
<li>When ready, merge the whole branch into the trunk, fix conflicts, commit it to the trunk and then abandon the branch.
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<div class="commandline">
|
||||
<strong>cvs update -dPA</strong><br />
|
||||
<strong>cvs update -kk -j <span class="style1">MOODLE_XX_WIDGET</span></strong><br />
|
||||
<strong>cvs commit </strong></div>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="center">Good luck, be careful and have fun!</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+293
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Developers Manual</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Developers Manual</h1>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This document describes some of Moodle's design and how you can contribute.</p>
|
||||
<p>It's a bit thin at the moment - better documentation will come eventually!</p>
|
||||
<p>Sections in this document:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><a href="#architecture">Moodle architecture</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#contribute">How you can contribute</a>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="#activities">Learning activities</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#themes">Themes</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#database">Database Schemas</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#courseformats">Course formats</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#doc">Documentation and articles</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#bugs">Participating in the bug tracker</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h2><a name="architecture"></a>1. Moodle architecture</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>From a system administrator's perspective, Moodle has been designed according
|
||||
to the following criteria:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><strong>Moodle should run on the widest variety of platforms</strong><br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
The web application platform that runs on most platforms is PHP combined
|
||||
with MySQL, and this is the environment that Moodle has been developed in
|
||||
(on Linux, Windows, and Mac OS X). Moodle also uses the ADOdb library for
|
||||
database abstraction, which means Moodle can use <a href="http://php.weblogs.com/ADOdb_manual#drivers">more
|
||||
than ten different brands of database</a> (unfortunately, though, it can
|
||||
not yet <em><strong>set up tables</strong></em> in all these databases -
|
||||
more on this later). <br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>Moodle should be easy to install, learn and modify</strong><br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Early prototypes of Moodle (1999) were built using <a target=_top href="http://www.zope.org/">Zope</a>
|
||||
- an advanced object-oriented web application server. Unfortunately I found
|
||||
that although the technology was pretty cool, it had a very steep learning
|
||||
curve and was not very flexible in terms of system administration. The PHP
|
||||
scripting language, on the other hand, is very easy to get into (especially
|
||||
if you've done any programming using any other scripting language). Early
|
||||
on I made the decision to avoid using a class-oriented design - again, to
|
||||
keep it simple to understand for novices. Code reuse is instead achieved
|
||||
by libraries of clearly-named functions and consistent layout of script
|
||||
files. PHP is also easy to install (binaries are available for every platform)
|
||||
and is widely available to the point that most web hosting services provide
|
||||
it as standard.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>It should be easy to upgrade from one version to the next</strong><br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Moodle knows what version it is (as well as the versions of all plug-in
|
||||
modules) and a mechanism has been built-in so that Moodle can properly upgrade
|
||||
itself to new versions (for example it can rename database tables or add
|
||||
new fields). If using CVS in Unix for example, one can just do a "cvs
|
||||
update -d" and then visit the site home page to complete an upgrade.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>It should be modular to allow for growth</strong><br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
Moodle has a number of features that are modular, including themes, activities,
|
||||
interface languages, database schemas and course formats. This allows anyone
|
||||
to add features to the main codebase or to even distribute them separately.
|
||||
More on this below in the next section.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>It should be able to be used in conjunction with other systems</strong><br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
One thing Moodle does is keep all files for one course within a single,
|
||||
normal directory on the server. This would allow a system administrator
|
||||
to provide seamless forms of file-level access for each teacher, such as
|
||||
Appletalk, SMB, NFS, FTP, WebDAV and so on. The authentication modules allow
|
||||
Moodle to use LDAP, IMAP, POP3, NNTP and other databases as sources for
|
||||
user information. Otherwise, there is work yet to do. Features planned for
|
||||
Moodle in future versions include: import and export of Moodle data using
|
||||
XML-based formats (including IMS and SCORM); and increased use of style
|
||||
sheets for interface formatting (so that it can be integrated visually into
|
||||
other web sites).</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h2><a name="contribute" id="contribute"></a>2. How you can contribute</h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>As mentioned above, Moodle has a number of features that are modular. Even
|
||||
if you are not a programmer there are things you can change or help with.</p>
|
||||
<h3><a name="activities" id="activities"></a>Learning Activities</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>These are by far the most important modules, and reside in the 'mod' directory.
|
||||
There are seven default modules: assignment, choice, forum, journal, quiz,
|
||||
resource, and survey. Each module is in a separate subdirectory and consists
|
||||
of the following mandatory elements (plus extra scripts unique to each module):</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>mod.html: a form to set up or update an instance of this module</li>
|
||||
<li>version.php: defines some meta-info and provides upgrading code</li>
|
||||
<li>icon.gif: a 16x16 icon for the module</li>
|
||||
<li>db/: SQL dumps of all the required db tables and data (for each database
|
||||
type) </li>
|
||||
<li>index.php: a page to list all instances in a course</li>
|
||||
<li>view.php: a page to view a particular instance</li>
|
||||
<li>lib.php: any/all functions defined by the module should be in here.
|
||||
If the modulename if called widget, then the required functions include:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>widget_add_instance() - code to add a new instance of widget</li>
|
||||
<li>widget_update_instance() - code to update an existing instance</li>
|
||||
<li>widget_delete_instance() - code to delete an instance</li>
|
||||
<li>widget_user_outline() - given an instance, return a summary of a
|
||||
user's contribution</li>
|
||||
<li>widget_user_complete() - given an instance, print details of a user's
|
||||
contribution<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>To avoid possible conflict, any module functions should be named
|
||||
starting with widget_ and any constants you define should start with
|
||||
WIDGET_ </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Lastly, each module will have some language files that contain strings
|
||||
for that module. See below.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>The easiest way to start a new learning activity module is to use the template
|
||||
in <strong><a href="http://moodle.org/mod/newmodule_template.zip">mod/newmodule_template.zip</a>.</strong>
|
||||
Unzip it and follow the README inside. </p>
|
||||
<p>You might also like to post first in the <a href="http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=44" target="_top">Activities
|
||||
modules forum on Using Moodle</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3><a name="themes" id="themes"></a>Themes</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Themes (or skins) define the look of a site. A number of simple themes
|
||||
are provided in the main distribution, but you may want to create your own
|
||||
theme with your own colours, logo, styles and graphics. </p>
|
||||
<p>Each theme is in a subdirectory of the "theme" directory, and
|
||||
contains at least the following files:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><strong>config.php</strong>: defines the theme colours used throughout
|
||||
the site</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>styles.php</strong>: the style sheet, containing CSS definitions
|
||||
for standard HTML elements as well as many Moodle elements.</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>header.html</strong>: Included at the top of each page. This
|
||||
is what you need to edit to add a logo at the top of pages, for example.</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>footer.html</strong>: Included at the bottom of each page.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>To create your own themes for current versions of Moodle:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Copy one of the existing theme folders to one with a new name. I recommend
|
||||
starting with one of the standard themes. </li>
|
||||
<li>Edit config.php and insert your own colours. </li>
|
||||
<li>Edit styles.php and change your CSS styles. </li>
|
||||
<li>Edit header.html and footer.html to add new logos, or change the layout.
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p>Note that all these steps are optional - you can make a radically different
|
||||
look to your site simply by editing the colours in config.php</p>
|
||||
<p>Note also that Moodle upgrades <em>may</em> break themes slightly, so check
|
||||
the release notes carefully if you are using a custom theme.</p>
|
||||
<p>In particular, Moodle 2.0 will have a completely new display system, probably
|
||||
based on XSL transformations of XML output from Moodle. It is likely that
|
||||
the themes for this will be a completely different format, but the advantage
|
||||
will be a much higher possible degree of customisation (including moving
|
||||
elements around the page).</p>
|
||||
<p>More discussion about this in the <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=46">Themes
|
||||
forum on Using Moodle</a>. If you create a nice theme that you think others
|
||||
might want to use, please post your zip file on the themes forum!<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3><a name="languages" id="languages"></a>Languages</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle has been designed for internationalisation. Each 'string' or 'page'
|
||||
of text that is displayed as part of the interface is drawn from a set of
|
||||
language files. Each language is a subdirectory of the directory 'lang'.
|
||||
The structure of the lang directory is as follows:</p>
|
||||
<p><strong>lang/en</strong> - directory containing all files for one language
|
||||
(eg English)</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>moodle.php - strings for main interface</li>
|
||||
<li>assignment.php - strings for assignment module</li>
|
||||
<li>choice.php - strings for choice module</li>
|
||||
<li>forum.php - strings for forum module</li>
|
||||
<li>journal.php - strings for journal module </li>
|
||||
<li>quiz.php - strings for quiz module</li>
|
||||
<li>resource.php - strings for resource module</li>
|
||||
<li>survey.php - strings for survey module</li>
|
||||
<li>.... plus other modules if any.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
A string is called from these files using the <strong><em>get_string()</em></strong><em>
|
||||
</em>or<em> <strong>print_string()</strong> </em>functions. Each string
|
||||
supports variable substitution, to support variable ordering in different
|
||||
languages.<em><br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</em>eg $strdueby = get_string("assignmentdueby", "assignment",
|
||||
userdate($date)); <br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
If a string doesn't exist in a particular language, then the equivalent
|
||||
in English will automatically be used instead.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p><strong>lang/en/help</strong> - contains whole help pages (for popup context-sensitive
|
||||
help)</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Main help pages are situated here, while help pages specific to each
|
||||
module are located in subdirectories with the module's name.</p>
|
||||
<p>You can insert a helpbutton in a page with the helpbutton function.</p>
|
||||
<p>eg helpbutton("text", "Click here for help about text");</p>
|
||||
<p>and for modules:</p>
|
||||
<p>helpbutton("forumtypes", "Forum types", "forum");</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Note that you can edit languages online, using the administration web tools
|
||||
under "Check this language". This makes it easy to not to only
|
||||
create new languages but to refine existing ones. If you are starting a
|
||||
new language, please contact me, <a target=_top href="http://dougiamas.com/">Martin
|
||||
Dougiamas</a>. </p>
|
||||
<p>You might also like to post in the <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=43">Languages
|
||||
forum on Using Moodle</a>. </p>
|
||||
<p>If you are maintaining a language an ongoing basis, I can give you <a href="?file=cvs.html">CVS
|
||||
write access to the Moodle source code</a> so that you can directly maintain
|
||||
the files.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3><a name="database" id="database"></a>Database Schemas</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Given a working database with defined tables, the intentionally simple
|
||||
SQL used in Moodle should work fine with a wide variety of database brands.</p>
|
||||
<p>A problem exists with <strong>automatically creating</strong> new tables
|
||||
in a database, which is what Moodle tries to do upon initial installation.
|
||||
Because every database is very different, there doesn't yet exist any way
|
||||
to do this in a platform-independent way. To support this automation in
|
||||
each database, schemas can be created that list the required SQL to create
|
||||
Moodle tables in a particular database. These are files in <strong>lib/db</strong>
|
||||
and inside the <strong>db</strong> subdirectory of each module.</p>
|
||||
<p>Currently, only MySQL and PostgreSQL are fully supported in this way (no-one
|
||||
wrote the schemas for other brands).</p>
|
||||
<p>Moodle 1.2 will use a new method of database-independent XML schemas that
|
||||
will make all this unnecessary.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3><a name="courseformats" id="courseformats"></a>Course Formats</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle currently supports three different course formats: weekly, topics
|
||||
and social. </p>
|
||||
<p>These are a little more connected to the rest of the code (and hence, less
|
||||
"pluggable") but it is still quite easy to add new ones.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you have any ideas for different formats that you need or would like
|
||||
to see, get in touch with me and I'll do my absolute best to have them available
|
||||
in future releases.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3><a name="doc" id="doc"></a>Documentation and articles</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>If you feel like writing a tutorial, an article, an academic paper or anything
|
||||
else about Moodle, please do! </p>
|
||||
<p>Put it on the web and make sure you include links to <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/">http://moodle.org/</a></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3><a name="bugs" id="bugs"></a>Participating in the bug tracker</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Finally, I would like to invite you to register on the "bug tracker"
|
||||
at <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/bugs/">http://moodle.org/bugs</a>
|
||||
so you can file any bugs that you find and perhaps participate in discussing
|
||||
and fixing them. </p>
|
||||
<p>"Bugs" not only includes software bugs with current versions
|
||||
of Moodle, but also new ideas, feature requests and even constructive criticism
|
||||
of existing features. The beauty of open source is that anyone can participate
|
||||
in some way and help to create a better product for all of us to enjoy.
|
||||
In this project, your input is very welcome!</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="center">Thanks for using Moodle!<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<a target=_top href="http://dougiamas.com/">Martin Dougiamas</a>, Lead
|
||||
Developer </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+133
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
body, td, th, li {
|
||||
font-family: "Trebuchet MS", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
th {
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
a:link {
|
||||
text-decoration: none;
|
||||
color: blue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
a:visited {
|
||||
text-decoration: none;
|
||||
color: blue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
a:hover {
|
||||
text-decoration: underline;
|
||||
color: red;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
form {
|
||||
margin-bottom: 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
li {
|
||||
margin-bottom: 10px;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.question {
|
||||
font-size: medium;
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
font-family: "Trebuchet MS", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
|
||||
border: 1px dotted;
|
||||
padding: 10px;
|
||||
background-color: #EEEEEE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.answer {
|
||||
font-family: "Trebuchet MS", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
|
||||
font-size: medium;
|
||||
border: none;
|
||||
padding-left: 40px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.normaltext {
|
||||
font-family: "Trebuchet MS", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
|
||||
font-size: medium;
|
||||
border: none;
|
||||
margin-left: 30px;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.answercode {
|
||||
font-family: "Courier New", Courier, mono;
|
||||
font-size: small;
|
||||
border: none;
|
||||
padding-left: 60px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.questionlink {
|
||||
font-family: "Trebuchet MS", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
|
||||
font-size: medium;
|
||||
border: none;
|
||||
padding-left: 40px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.examplecode {
|
||||
font-family: "Courier New", Courier, mono;
|
||||
font-size: small;
|
||||
border: thin dashed #999999;
|
||||
background-color: #FBFBFB;
|
||||
margin: auto;
|
||||
padding: 30px;
|
||||
height: auto;
|
||||
width: auto;
|
||||
}
|
||||
h1 {
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
color: #000000;
|
||||
background-color: #CCCCCC;
|
||||
padding: 5px;
|
||||
font-size: large;
|
||||
border-width: 1px;
|
||||
border-color: #CCCCCC;
|
||||
-moz-border-radius: 10px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
h2 {
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
color: #FFFFFF;
|
||||
background-color: #666666;
|
||||
padding: 5px;
|
||||
font-size: medium;
|
||||
border-width: 1px;
|
||||
border-color: #666666;
|
||||
-moz-border-radius: 10px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
h3 {
|
||||
font-weight: normal;
|
||||
color: #FFFFFF;
|
||||
background-color: #666666;
|
||||
padding: 5px;
|
||||
font-size: medium;
|
||||
-moz-border-radius: 10px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
.spaced {
|
||||
|
||||
margin-bottom: 30px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ul {
|
||||
margin-top: 10px;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
.commandline {
|
||||
font-family: "Courier New", Courier, mono;
|
||||
font-size: x-small;
|
||||
background-color: #FBFBFB;
|
||||
margin: auto auto 20px 30px;
|
||||
padding: 5px;
|
||||
height: auto;
|
||||
width: auto;
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
border: 1px solid #999999;
|
||||
white-space: nowrap;
|
||||
display: compact;
|
||||
clear: both;
|
||||
float: none;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Executable
+804
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)</h1>
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">This page contains answers to some of the most
|
||||
frequently asked questions by people installing Moodle. If you have
|
||||
followed the <a href="./?file=install.html">installation instructions</a> but
|
||||
you still have a problem, then this page is probably the best place to be. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">If you don't find your answer here try the <a href="http://moodle.org/mod/forum/index.php?id=5" target="_top">Using
|
||||
Moodle</a> course on moodle.org. Start by searching the forums using a few keywords,
|
||||
in case your problem has already been discussed. If you don't find
|
||||
anything, then try posting your question into the appropriate forum - somebody will
|
||||
usually be able to help you.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">If you have tried a number of solutions without resolving an issue,
|
||||
and you are running behind a firewall, it may be advisable to try re-configuring your
|
||||
firewall to ensure that it is not blocking a required function or necessary communication.
|
||||
Firewalls very rarely cause problems with Moodle but are occasionally responsible for
|
||||
reduced functionality due to a mis-configuration in the firewall settings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">Use this list to jump to the appropriate answer below:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#filenotfound">Whenever I try to access or view a file that I uploaded, I get an error "File not Found"</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#php">PHP - is it installed and what version do I have?</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#blankpages">Why are all my pages blank?</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#errorgetstring">My pages show fatal errors such as : call to undefined function: get_string()</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#headerssent">Why do I keep getting error messages about "headers already sent"?</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#failedopen">I keep getting this error: Failed opening required '/web/moodle/lib/setup.php'</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#quotes">Any text I add with an apostrophe (') or a quote (") causes errors or comes up with a slash added</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#sessiontmp">I keep getting error messages about session_start</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#fixdirroot">When I go to the admin page, I get told to make dirroot blank!</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#loginsetting">I login but the login link doesn't change. I am logged in and can navigate freely.</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#resource1">When trying to add a resource I receive error messages.</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#noadmin">During the initial setting-up process, I never get asked to create an admin account!</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#nologin">I can't log in at all- I just stay stuck on the login screen.</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#backup">How do I backup my Moodle site?</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#locale">Why doesn't my Moodle site display the
|
||||
|
||||
time & date correctly?</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"><a href="#cron">Email copies are not being sent
|
||||
|
||||
from my forums</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="filenotfound"></a>Whenever I try to access or view
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
a file that I uploaded, I get an error "File not Found"</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">For example: Not Found: The requested URL /moodle/file.php/2/myfile.jpg
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
was not found on this server. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Your web server needs to be configured to allow the part of
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
the URL after a script name to be passed directly to the script. This is usually
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enabled in Apache 1, but is usually disabled by default in Apache 2. To turn
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
it on, add this line to your httpd.conf, or to a .htaccess file in your local
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
directory (see the <a href="./?file=install.html#webserver">Install documentation</a>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
for more details): </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"><b>AcceptPathInfo</b> on</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Note, this will ONLY work for Apache versions 2.x. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">If you are not using Apache 2 and you still have this problem
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
(unlikely) then you can switch Moodle to use an alternative method. The disadvantages
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
are a slight loss of performance for your users and you won't be able to use
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
relative links within HTML resources. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">To use this alternative method: login as Admin, go into the
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"Configure Variables" page and change the setting for "<b>slasharguments</b>".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You should now be able to access your uploaded files.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="php"></a>PHP - is it installed and what version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
do I have?</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Make a new file on your web site called info.php, containing the following
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
text, and call it from your browser:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"><?PHP phpinfo() ?></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">If nothing happens then you don't have PHP installed. See the
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
installation docs for some information about where to download it for your computer.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="blankpages"></a>Why are all my pages blank? </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Check the dirroot variable in config.php. You must use complete,
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
absolute pathnames, eg:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"> $CFG->dirroot = "d:\inetpub\sites\www.yoursite.com\web\moodle";</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Redhat Linux platform please see: <a href="http://moodle.org/doc/?file=installamp.html">Redhat Linux</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="errorgetstring"></a>My pages show fatal errors such
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
as : call to undefined function: get_string()</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">If you see errors like:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">Parse error: parse error, unexpected T_VARIABLE in c:\program
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
files\easyphp\www\moodle\config.php on line 94 <br>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Fatal error: Call to undefined function: get_string() in c:\program files\easyphp\www\moodle\mod\resource\lib.php
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
on line 11</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">then it's likely you have left out a semi-colon or ending quote
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
from a line in config.php (previous to line 94).</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Another reason could be that you have opened config.php in a
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
program like Word to edit it, and saved it as a HTML web page, instead of a
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proper text file.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="headerssent"></a>Why do I keep getting error messages
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
about "headers already sent"?</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">If you see errors like this:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">Warning: Cannot add header information - headers already
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sent by (output started at /webs/moodle/config.php:87) in /webs/moodle/lib/moodlelib.php
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
on line 1322 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"> Warning: Cannot add header information - headers already
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sent by (output started at /webs/moodle/config.php:87) in /webs/moodle/lib/moodlelib.php
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
on line 1323 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"> Warning: Cannot add header information - headers already
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sent by (output started at /webs/moodle/config.php:87) in /webs/moodle/login/index.php
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
on line 54 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">You have blank lines or spaces after the final ?> in your config.php
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
file. Sometimes text editors add these - for example Notepad on Windows - so
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
you may have to try a different text editor to remove these spaces or blank
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
lines completely. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="failedopen"></a>I keep getting this error: Failed
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
opening required '/web/moodle/lib/setup.php'</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">In your config.php, the setting that you use for the dirroot
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
variable must be the <strong>complete path from the root of your server's hard
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
drive</strong>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Sometimes people only use the path from their home directory,
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
or relative to the root of the web server directory.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="quotes" id="quotes"></a>Any text I add with an apostrophe
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
(') or a quote (") causes errors or comes up with a slash added</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Problems caused by apostrophes are caused by incorrect "magic
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
quotes" settings. Moodle requires the following settings (which are usually
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
the default):</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">magic_quotes_gpc = On<br>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
magic_quotes_runtime = Off</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">See the section on <a href="./?file=install.html#webserver">webserver
|
||||
|
||||
configuration</a> in the Installation docs for more details.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="sessiontmp"></a>I keep getting error messages about session_start</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">If you see errors like this:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">Warning: session_start() [function.session-start]: open(/tmp\sess_d40f380d37d431fc1516e9a895ad9ce0, O_RDWR) failed: No such file or directory (2) in G:\web\moodle\lib\setup.php on line 123</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">Warning: session_start() [function.session-start]: open(/tmp\sess_d40f380d37d431fc1516e9a895ad9ce0, O_RDWR) failed: No such file or directory (2) in G:\web\moodle\lib\setup.php on line 123</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">Warning: session_start() [function.session-start]: Cannot send session cache limiter - headers already sent (output started at G:\web\moodle\lib\setup.php:1) in G:\web\moodle\lib\setup.php on line 123</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">... these are all related to the fact that PHP is failing to save
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"session" files on your hard disk (in a directory called /tmp). Usually the
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
reason is that you don't HAVE a directory called /tmp on your computer. This
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
is usually the case with Windows installations.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">The solution is to fix the PHP setting for this path to point to a real directory. You can do this in your php.ini file:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">session.save_path = C:\temp</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">or otherwise in a .htaccess file in your main moodle directory:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">php_value session.save_path "/home/moodle/sessions"</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="fixdirroot"></a>When I go to the admin page, I get told to make dirroot blank!</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">If you see errors like this in Moodle 1.0.9:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<table class=generalbox cellspacing=0 cellpadding=5 align=center border=0>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<td bgcolor=#ffbbbb>Please fix your settings in config.php:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p>You have:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p>$CFG->dirroot = "/home/users/fred/public_html/moodle";
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p>but it should be:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p>$CFG->dirroot = "";</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">then you have encountered a small bug that occurs on some servers. The problem is with the error-checking mechanism, not with your actual path. To fix it, find this line (line 66) in the file admin/index.php: </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">if ($dirroot != $CFG->dirroot) {</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">and change it to this:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">if (!empty($dirroot) and $dirroot != $CFG->dirroot) {</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="loginsetting"></a>I login but don't appear to be. I am logged in and can navigate freely.</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Make sure the URL in your $CFG->wwwroot setting is exactly the
|
||||
|
||||
same as the one you are actually using to access the site.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="resource1"></a>When trying to add a resource I receive error messages.</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Assuming you are using Apache, then it's quite likely that your
|
||||
|
||||
setting in config.php for $CFG->wwwroot is different from the actual URL you
|
||||
|
||||
are using to access the site. Also try turning off "<b>secureforms</b>" in the
|
||||
|
||||
admin settings.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="noadmin"></a>During the initial setting-up process, I never get asked to create an admin account!</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">This is a known bug in versions of Moodle up to 1.0.9, now fixed in the main code and version 1.1.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">It doesn't affect all people, it only occurs when the person installing Moodle has a
|
||||
|
||||
cookie in their browser from another program on the same site, called "user", "admin", or "teacher".</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Quick fixes include deleting those cookies from your browser before installing, using a different browser, or editing the file moodle/admin/user.php to insert these lines near the top:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">unset($user);<br />unset($admin);<br />unset($teacher);</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">After performing any of these fixes it might be a good idea
|
||||
|
||||
to drop all the tables in your database and re-install again from scratch.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="nologin"></a>I can't log in - I just stay stuck on the login screen.</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">The most common cause for this is that your own computer (not your Moodle server)
|
||||
|
||||
has a firewall that is stripping referrer information from the browser. Here are
|
||||
|
||||
some instructions for fixing <a href="http://service1.symantec.com/SUPPORT/nip.nsf/46f26a2d6dafb0a788256bc7005c3fa3/b9b47ad7eddd343b88256c6b006a85a8?OpenDocument&src=bar_sch_nam">Norton firewall products</a>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">The server admin can also fix this for everyone by editing the Moodle configuration
|
||||
|
||||
page and changing the variable "<b>secureforms</b>" to "No".</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Another possible cause of this problem is that sessions are
|
||||
|
||||
not configured properly on the server. You can test this by calling the script
|
||||
|
||||
http://yourserver/moodle/lib/session-test.php.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="backup"></a>How do I backup my whole Moodle site?</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">There are two main things you need to make a copy of: the database and the uploaded files. The Moodle scripts themselves are less important, since you can always download a fresh copy if you have to.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">There are many ways to do such backups. Here is an outline of a little script you can run on Unix to backup the database (it works well to have such a script run daily via a cron task</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">cd /my/backup/directory</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">mv moodle-database.sql.gz moodle-database-old.sql.gz</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">mysqldump -h example.com -u myusername --password=mypassword -C -Q -e -a mydatabasename > moodle-database.sql</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">gzip moodle-database.sql</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">For the files, you can use rsync regularly to copy only the changed files to another host:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode">rsync -auvtz --delete -e ssh [email protected]:/my/server/directory
|
||||
|
||||
/my/backup/directory/</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answercode"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="locale"></a>Why doesn't my Moodle site display the time & date correctly?</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Each language requires a specific language code (called a <strong>locale</strong>
|
||||
|
||||
code) to allow dates to be displayed correctly. The language packs contain default
|
||||
|
||||
standard codes, but sometimes these don't work on Windows servers. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">You can find the correct locale codes for Windows on these two
|
||||
|
||||
pages: <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/vclib/html/_crt_language_strings.asp" target="_blank">Language
|
||||
|
||||
codes</a> and <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/vclib/html/_crt_country_strings.asp" target="_blank">Country/region
|
||||
|
||||
codes</a>.(eg "esp_esp" for spanish)</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">These new locale codes can be entered on the Admin -> Configure
|
||||
|
||||
-> Variables page, where they override the ones in the currently chosen language
|
||||
|
||||
pack.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a name="cron"></a>Email copies are not being sent
|
||||
|
||||
from my forums </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">You <strong>must</strong> set up cron properly if you want Moodle
|
||||
|
||||
to send out automatic email from forums, journals, assignments etc. This same
|
||||
|
||||
process also performs a number of clean-up tasks such as deleting old unconfirmed
|
||||
|
||||
users, unenrolling old students and so on.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Basically, you need to set up a process to regularly call the
|
||||
|
||||
script http://yoursite/admin/cron.php. Please see <a href="./?file=install.html#cron">the
|
||||
|
||||
section on cron in the Installation documentation</a>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="answer">Tip: Try the default setting in Moodle variables page. Leave the smtphost blank.
|
||||
|
||||
This will be acceptable for the majority of users.
|
||||
<p class="answer">
|
||||
<p class="answer">
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center" class="normaltext"><a href='mailto:ma%72%74in@%6d%6fo%64%6c%65.o%72g' title='martin@moodle.org'>Suggest
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
a new FAQ</a> (include the answer!)</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="right"><strong><em>Thanks to John Eyre for helping to maintain this
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FAQ.</em></strong></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id: faq.html,v 1.6 2003/03/30 13:54:28
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
moodler Exp $</font></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+219
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Background</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Features</h1>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle is an active and evolving product. This page lists just some of the
|
||||
many features it contains:</p>
|
||||
<h3>Overall design</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Promotes a social constructionist pedagogy (collaboration, activities, critical
|
||||
reflection, etc)</li>
|
||||
<li>Suitable for 100% online classes as well as supplementing face-to-face learning
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Simple, lightweight, efficient, compatible, low-tech browser interface</li>
|
||||
<li>Easy to install on almost any platform that supports PHP. Requires only
|
||||
one database (and can share it).</li>
|
||||
<li>Full database abstraction supports all major brands of database (except
|
||||
for initial table definition)</li>
|
||||
<li>Course listing shows descriptions for every course on the server, including
|
||||
accessibility to guests.</li>
|
||||
<li>Courses can be categorised and searched - one Moodle site can support thousands
|
||||
of courses</li>
|
||||
<li>Emphasis on strong security throughout. Forms are all checked, data validated,
|
||||
cookies encrypted etc</li>
|
||||
<li>Most text entry areas (resources, forum postings, journal entries etc) can
|
||||
be edited using an embedded WYSIWYG HTML editor</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Site management</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Site is managed by an admin user, defined during setup</li>
|
||||
<li>Plug-in "themes" allow the admin to customise the site colours, fonts, layout
|
||||
etc to suit local needs</li>
|
||||
<li>Plug-in activity modules can be added to existing Moodle installations</li>
|
||||
<li>Plug-in language packs allow full localisation to any language. These can
|
||||
be edited using a built-in web-based editor. Currently there are language
|
||||
packs for over <a href="http://moodle.org/download/lang/" target="_top">43
|
||||
languages</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li>The code is clearly-written PHP under a GPL license - easy to modify to
|
||||
suit your needs</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >User management</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Goals are to reduce admin involvement to a minimum, while retaining high
|
||||
security</li>
|
||||
<li>Supports a range of authentication mechanisms through plug-in authentication
|
||||
modules, allowing easy integration with existing systems.</li>
|
||||
<li>Standard email method: students can create their own login accounts. Email
|
||||
addresses are verified by confirmation.</li>
|
||||
<li>LDAP method: account logins can be checked against an LDAP server. Admin
|
||||
can specify which fields to use.</li>
|
||||
<li>IMAP, POP3, NNTP: account logins are checked against a mail or news server.
|
||||
SSL, certificates and TLS are supported.</li>
|
||||
<li>External database: any database containing at least two fields can be used
|
||||
as an external authentication source.</li>
|
||||
<li>Each person requires only one account for the whole server - each account
|
||||
can have different access</li>
|
||||
<li>An admin account controls the creation of courses and creates teachers by
|
||||
assigning users to courses</li>
|
||||
<li>A course creator account is only allowed to create courses and teach in
|
||||
them</li>
|
||||
<li>Teachers may have editing privileges removed so that they can't modify the
|
||||
course (eg for part-time tutors)</li>
|
||||
<li>Security - teachers can add an "enrolment key" to their courses to keep
|
||||
out non-students. They can give out this key face-to-face or via personal
|
||||
email etc</li>
|
||||
<li>Teachers can enrol students manually if desired</li>
|
||||
<li>Teachers can unenrol students manually if desired, otherwise they are automatically
|
||||
unenrolled after a certain period of inactivity (set by the admin)</li>
|
||||
<li>Students are encouraged to build an online profile including photos, description.
|
||||
Email addresses can be protected from display if required.</li>
|
||||
<li>Every user can specify their own timezone, and every date in Moodle is translated
|
||||
to that timezone (eg posting dates, assignment due dates etc)</li>
|
||||
<li>Every user can choose the language used for the Moodle interface (English,
|
||||
French, German, Spanish, Portuguese etc)</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Course management</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>A full teacher has full control over all settings for a course, including
|
||||
restricting other teachers</li>
|
||||
<li>Choice of course formats such as by week, by topic or a discussion-focussed
|
||||
social format</li>
|
||||
<li>Flexible array of course activities - Forums, Journals, Quizzes, Resources,
|
||||
Choices, Surveys, Assignments, Chats, Workshops</li>
|
||||
<li>Recent changes to the course since the last login can be displayed on the
|
||||
course home page - helps give sense of community</li>
|
||||
<li>Most text entry areas (resources, forum postings, journal entries etc) can
|
||||
be edited using an embedded WYSIWYG HTML editor</li>
|
||||
<li>All grades for Forums, Journals, Quizzes and Assignments can be viewed on
|
||||
one page (and downloaded as a spreadsheet file)</li>
|
||||
<li>Full user logging and tracking - activity reports for each student are available
|
||||
with graphs and details about each module (last access, number of times read)
|
||||
as well as a detailed "story" of each students involvement including postings,
|
||||
journal entries etc on one page.</li>
|
||||
<li>Mail integration - copies of forum posts, teacher feedback etc can be mailed
|
||||
in HTML or plain text.</li>
|
||||
<li>Custom scales - teachers can define their own scales to be used for grading
|
||||
forums, assignments and journals</li>
|
||||
<li>Courses can be packaged as a single zip file using the Backup function.
|
||||
These can be restored on any Moodle server.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Assignment Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Assignments can be specified with a due date and a maximum grade.</li>
|
||||
<li>Students can upload their assignments (any file format) to the server -
|
||||
they are date-stamped.</li>
|
||||
<li>Late assignments are allowed, but the amount of lateness is shown clearly
|
||||
to the teacher</li>
|
||||
<li>For each particular assignment, the whole class can be assessed (grade and
|
||||
comment) on one page in one form.</li>
|
||||
<li>Teacher feedback is appended to the assignment page for each student, and
|
||||
notification is mailed out.</li>
|
||||
<li>The teacher can choose to allow resubmission of assignments after grading
|
||||
(for regrading)</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Chat Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Allows smooth, synchronous text interaction</li>
|
||||
<li>Includes profile pictures in the chat window</li>
|
||||
<li>Supports URLs, smilies, embedded HTML, images etc</li>
|
||||
<li>All sessions are logged for later viewing, and these can also be made available
|
||||
to students</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Choice Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Like a poll. Can either be used to vote on something, or to get feedback
|
||||
from every student (eg research consent)</li>
|
||||
<li>Teacher sees intuitive table view of who chose what</li>
|
||||
<li>Students can optionally be allowed to see an up-to-date graph of results</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Forum Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Different types of forums are available, such as teacher-only, course news,
|
||||
open-to-all, and one-thread-per-user.</li>
|
||||
<li>All postings have the authors photo attached.</li>
|
||||
<li>Discussions can be viewed nested, flat or threaded, oldest or newest first.</li>
|
||||
<li>Individual forums can be subscribed to by each person so that copies are
|
||||
forwarded via email, or the teacher can force subscription for all</li>
|
||||
<li>The teacher can choose not to allow replies (eg for an announcements-only
|
||||
forum)</li>
|
||||
<li>Discussion threads can be easily moved between forums by the teacher</li>
|
||||
<li>Attached images are shown inline</li>
|
||||
<li>If forum ratings are being used, these can be restricted to a range of dates</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Journal Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Journals are private between student and teacher.</li>
|
||||
<li>Each journal entry can be directed by an open question.</li>
|
||||
<li>For each particular journal entry, the whole class can be assessed on one
|
||||
page in one form</li>
|
||||
<li>Teacher feedback is appended to the journal entry page, and notification
|
||||
is mailed out.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Quiz Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Teachers can define a database of questions for re-use in different quizzes</li>
|
||||
<li>Questions can be stored in categories for easy access, and these categories
|
||||
can be "published" to make them accessible from any course on the
|
||||
site. </li>
|
||||
<li>Quizzes are automatically graded, and can be re-graded if questions are
|
||||
modified </li>
|
||||
<li>Quizzes can have a limited time window outside of which they are not available</li>
|
||||
<li>At the teacher's option, quizzes can be attempted multiple times, and can
|
||||
show feedback and/or correct answers</li>
|
||||
<li>Quiz questions and quiz answers can be shuffled (randomised) to reduce cheating</li>
|
||||
<li>Questions allow HTML and images</li>
|
||||
<li>Questions can be imported from external text files</li>
|
||||
<li>Quizzes can be attempted multiple times, if desired</li>
|
||||
<li>Attempts can be cumulative, if desired, and finished over several sessions</li>
|
||||
<li>Multiple-choice questions supporting single or multiple answers</li>
|
||||
<li>Short Answer questions (words or phrases)</li>
|
||||
<li>True-False questions </li>
|
||||
<li>Matching questions</li>
|
||||
<li>Random questions</li>
|
||||
<li>Numerical questions (with allowable ranges)</li>
|
||||
<li>Embedded-answer questions (cloze style) with answers within passages of
|
||||
text </li>
|
||||
<li>Embedded descriptive text and graphics</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Resource Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Supports display of any electronic content, Word, Powerpoint, Flash, Video,
|
||||
Sounds etc</li>
|
||||
<li>Files can be uploaded and managed on the server, or created on the fly using
|
||||
web forms (text or HTML)</li>
|
||||
<li>External content on the web can be linked to or seamlessly included within
|
||||
the course interface.</li>
|
||||
<li>External web applications can be linked in with data passed to them</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Survey Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Built-in surveys (COLLES, ATTLS) have been proven as instruments for analysing online classes</li>
|
||||
<li>Online survey reports always available, including many graphs. Data is downloadable as an Excel spreadsheet or CSV text file.</li>
|
||||
<li>Survey interface prevents partly-finished surveys.</li>
|
||||
<li>Feedback is provided to the student of their results compared to the class averages
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<h3 >Workshop Module</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Allows peer assessement of documents, and the teacher can manage and grade
|
||||
the assessment.</li>
|
||||
<li>Supports a wide range of possible grading scales</li>
|
||||
<li>Teacher can provide sample documents for students to practice grading</li>
|
||||
<li>Very flexible with many options.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+32
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
<?php // $Id$
|
||||
// Names of the documentation files
|
||||
// Files with a definition "-" are treated as spacers
|
||||
|
||||
$string['-about'] = "About Moodle";
|
||||
$string['intro.html'] = "Introduction";
|
||||
$string['background.html'] = "Background";
|
||||
$string['philosophy.html'] = "Philosophy";
|
||||
$string['licence.html'] = "License";
|
||||
$string['features.html'] = "Features";
|
||||
$string['release.html'] = "Release Notes";
|
||||
$string['future.html'] = "Future";
|
||||
$string['credits.html'] = "Credits";
|
||||
|
||||
$string['-installation'] = "Administration";
|
||||
$string['install.html'] = "Installation";
|
||||
$string['faq.html'] = "Installation FAQ";
|
||||
$string['installamp.html'] = "Apache, MySQL, PHP";
|
||||
$string['upgrade.html'] = "Upgrading";
|
||||
|
||||
$string['-usage'] = "Using Moodle";
|
||||
$string['teacher.html'] = "Teacher Manual";
|
||||
$string['other.html'] = "Other Docs";
|
||||
|
||||
$string['-development'] = "Development";
|
||||
$string['developer.html'] = "Developer Manual";
|
||||
$string['coding.html'] = "Coding Guide";
|
||||
$string['cvs.html'] = "Using CVS";
|
||||
$string['translation.html'] = "Translation";
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+53
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Future</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Future</h1>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>As Moodle gains in maturity, its directions are increasingly influenced by
|
||||
the community of developers and users. A dynamic database of proposed features
|
||||
and their status can be found at <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/bugs/">moodle.org/bugs</a>.
|
||||
Your <a href="?file=credits.html">contributions</a> in the form of ideas, code,
|
||||
feedback and promotion are all very welcome - see the <a href="?file=developer.html">Developers
|
||||
manual</a> for more details. You can also pay to have certain features developed sooner- see <a href="http://moodle.com/development/" target="_top">moodle.com/development</a> for information and a quote. </p>
|
||||
<p>Here is our current vision of the future, though this is always subject to change depending on sponsors and developers. </p>
|
||||
<h3>Version 1.4 - August 31st </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This release contains a lot of structural improvements and refactoring in key modules. It also includes many interface improvements. Some highlights include:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New <strong>Enrolments</strong> architecture allows all manner of new automated enrolment processes. Included are a Paypal system (for paid courses) with instant access, arbitrary external database usage, parsing of flatfiles dumped from legay systems and so on.</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved <strong>Resource</strong> handling with a new one step process and better control over display format. New resource types can be developed as plugins. </li>
|
||||
<li>Refactored <strong>Quiz</strong> module allows new question types as plugins. A new question type called Calculated Questions allows questions to be presented uniquely to each student.</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>Chat</strong> module now supports an optional chat daemon as a backend, providing near-instant response to hundreds of users. </li>
|
||||
<li>Improved <strong>Glossary</strong> module makes it easier to develop new glossary formats. </li>
|
||||
<li>Improved Backup handles the translation of user content (such as links) better than ever. </li>
|
||||
<li>Improved SCORM module handling an ever-wider range of SCORM content. </li>
|
||||
<li>Improved interfaces for adding students, course creators and administrators. </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>Version 1.5 - Later in 2004</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This release will focus mainly on the display layer and making Moodle fully compliant with important web accessibility standards such as WAI (W3C), SENDA (UK) and Section 508 (US). </p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li> Completely rewritten display layer that completely separates presentation from application logic </li>
|
||||
<li>Templating system with templates conforming to XHTML 1.0 for accessibility</li>
|
||||
<li>Powerful system of Cascading Style Sheets designed for cross-platform compatibility.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>As with most Moodle releases there will also be an array of new community-developed features and modules.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>Version 2.0</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This major release will contain some exciting developments in making Moodle more network-aware, with a natural evolution of Moodle's focus on collaboration. More on this here later. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"> </p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
Executable
+447
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Basic Installation</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
.style3 {color: #660000}
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Installing Moodle</h1>
|
||||
<h2>Dont panic! <img src="http://moodle.org/pix/s/smiley.gif"></h2>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This guide explains how to install Moodle for the first time. For some of these steps it goes into a lot of detail to try and cover the majority of possible
|
||||
web server setups, so this document may look long and complicated. Don't panic, once you know how to do it you can install Moodle in minutes!</p>
|
||||
<p>If you have problems please read this document carefully - most common issues are answered in here.
|
||||
If you still have trouble, you can seek help from
|
||||
<a target="_new" href="http://moodle.org/help">Moodle Help</a></p>
|
||||
<p>Another option is to contact a <a target="_new" href="http://moodle.com/hosting/">web hosting company</a>
|
||||
who can completely maintain Moodle for you, so that you can ignore all this and get straight into educating!
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p>Sections in this document:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><a href="#requirements">Requirements</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#downloading">Download and copy files into place</a> </li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#site">Site structure</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#installer">Run the installer script to create config.php</a> <ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="#webserver">Check web server settings</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#database">Creating a database</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#data">Creating a data directory</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#admin">Go to the admin page to continue configuration</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#cron">Set up cron</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#course">Create a new course</a></li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="requirements"></a>1. Requirements</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle is primarily developed in Linux using Apache, MySQL and PHP (also
|
||||
sometimes known as the LAMP platform), but is also regularly tested with PostgreSQL
|
||||
and on Windows XP, Mac OS X and Netware 6 operating systems</p>
|
||||
<p>The requirements for Moodle are as follows:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Web server software. Most people use <a href="http://www.apache.org/" target="_blank">Apache</a>,
|
||||
but Moodle should work fine under any web server that supports PHP, such
|
||||
as IIS on Windows platforms.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="http://www.php.net/" target="_blank">PHP</a> scripting language (version 4.1.0
|
||||
or later). PHP 5 is supported as of Moodle 1.4. </li>
|
||||
<li>a working database server: <a href="http://www.mysql.com/" target="_blank">MySQL</a>
|
||||
or <a href="http://www.postgresql.org/" target="_blank">PostgreSQL</a> are
|
||||
completely supported and recommended for use with Moodle. </li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p>Most web hosts support all of this by default. If you are signed up with
|
||||
one of the few webhosts that does not support these features ask them why,
|
||||
and consider taking your business elsewhere.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you want to run Moodle on your own computer and all this looks a bit daunting,
|
||||
then please see our guide: <a href="http://moodle.org/doc/?file=installamp.html">Installing
|
||||
Apache, MySQL and PHP</a>. It provides some step-by-step instructions to install
|
||||
all this on most popular platforms.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="downloading"></a>2. Download and copy files into place </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>There are two ways to get Moodle, as a compressed package and via CVS. These
|
||||
are explained in detail on the download page: <a href="http://moodle.org/download/" target="_blank">http://moodle.org/download/</a></p>
|
||||
<p>After downloading and unpacking the archive, or checking out the files via
|
||||
CVS, you will be left with a directory called "moodle", containing
|
||||
a number of files and folders.</p>
|
||||
<p>You can either place the whole folder in your web server documents directory,
|
||||
in which case the site will be located at <b>http://yourwebserver.com/moodle</b>,
|
||||
or you can copy all the contents straight into the main web server documents
|
||||
directory, in which case the site will be simply <b>http://yourwebserver.com</b>.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you are downloading Moodle to your local computer and then uploading it to your web site, it is usually better to upload the whole archive as one file, and then do the unpacking on the server. Even web hosting interfaces like Cpanel allow you to uncompress archives in the "File Manager". </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="site"></a>3. Site structure</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>You can safely skip this section, but here is a quick summary of the contents of the Moodle folder, to help get
|
||||
you oriented:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><table><tr>
|
||||
<td width="130" valign="top">config.php</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">-</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">
|
||||
contains basic settings. This file does not come with Moodle - you will create it. </td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td valign="top">install.php</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">-</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">the script you will run to create config.php </td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">version.php</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">-</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">
|
||||
defines the current version of Moodle code
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">index.php</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">-</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">
|
||||
the front page of the site
|
||||
</td></tr></table>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>admin/ - code to administrate the whole server </li>
|
||||
<li>auth/ - plugin modules to authenticate users </li>
|
||||
<li>blocks/ - plugin modules for the little side blocks on many pages</li>
|
||||
<li>calendar/ - all the code for managing and displaying calendars</li>
|
||||
<li>course/ - code to display and manage courses </li>
|
||||
<li>doc/ - help documentation for Moodle (eg this page)</li>
|
||||
<li>files/ - code to display and manage uploaded files</li>
|
||||
<li>lang/ - texts in different languages, one directory per language </li>
|
||||
<li>lib/ - libraries of core Moodle code </li>
|
||||
<li>login/ - code to handle login and account creation </li>
|
||||
<li>mod/ - all the main Moodle course modules are in here </li>
|
||||
<li>pix/ - generic site graphics</li>
|
||||
<li>theme/ - theme packs/skins to change the look of the site.</li>
|
||||
<li>user/ - code to display and manage users</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="installer"></a>4. Run the Installer script to create config.php </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>To run the installer script (install.php), just try to access your Moodle main URL using a web browser, or access <strong>http://yourserver/install.php</strong> directly. </p>
|
||||
<p>(The Installer will try to set a session cookie. If you get a popup warning in your browser make sure you accept that cookie!) </p>
|
||||
<p>Moodle will detect that configuration is necessary and will lead you through some screens to help you create a new configuration file called <strong>config.php. </strong>At the end of the process Moodle will try and write the file into the right location, otherwise you can press a button to download it from the installer and then upload config.php into the main Moodle directory on the server. </p>
|
||||
<p>Along the way the installer will test your server environment and give you suggestions about how to fix any problems. For most common issues these suggestions should be sufficient, but if you get stuck, look below for more information about some of common things that might be holding you up. <br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="webserver" id="webserver"></a>4.1 General web server settings </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Firstly, make sure that your web server is set up to use index.php as a default
|
||||
page (perhaps in addition to index.html, default.htm and so on).</p>
|
||||
<p>In Apache, this is done using a DirectoryIndex parameter in your httpd.conf
|
||||
file. Mine usually looks like this:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre><strong>DirectoryIndex</strong> index.php index.html index.htm </pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Just make sure index.php is in the list (and preferably towards the start
|
||||
of the list, for efficiency).</p>
|
||||
<p>Secondly, <b>if you are using Apache 2</b>, then you should turn on the <i>AcceptPathInfo</i>
|
||||
variable, which allows scripts to be passed arguments like http://server/file.php/arg1/arg2.
|
||||
This is essential to allow relative links between your resources, and also
|
||||
provides a performance boost for people using your Moodle web site. You can
|
||||
turn this on by adding these lines to your httpd.conf file.</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre><strong>AcceptPathInfo</strong> on </pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Thirdly, Moodle requires a number of PHP settings to be active for it to
|
||||
work. <b>On most servers these will already be the default settings.</b>
|
||||
However, some PHP servers (and some of the more recent PHP versions) may
|
||||
have things set differently. These are defined in PHP's configuration
|
||||
file (usually called php.ini):</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>magic_quotes_gpc = 1 (preferred but not necessary)
|
||||
magic_quotes_runtime = 0 (necessary)
|
||||
file_uploads = 1
|
||||
session.auto_start = 0
|
||||
session.bug_compat_warn = 0
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>If you don't have access to httpd.conf or php.ini on your server, or you
|
||||
have Moodle on a server with other applications that require different settings,
|
||||
then don't worry, you can often still OVERRIDE the default settings.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>To do this, you need to create a file called <b>.htaccess</b> in Moodle's
|
||||
main directory that contains lines like the following.
|
||||
This only works on Apache servers and only when Overrides have been allowed in the main configuration. </p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
DirectoryIndex index.php index.html index.htm
|
||||
|
||||
<IfDefine APACHE2>
|
||||
<b>AcceptPathInfo</b> on
|
||||
</IfDefine>
|
||||
|
||||
php_flag magic_quotes_gpc 1
|
||||
php_flag magic_quotes_runtime 0
|
||||
php_flag file_uploads 1
|
||||
php_flag session.auto_start 0
|
||||
php_flag session.bug_compat_warn 0</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>You can also do things like define the maximum size for uploaded files:
|
||||
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
LimitRequestBody 0
|
||||
php_value upload_max_filesize 2M
|
||||
php_value post_max_size 2M
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The easiest thing to do is just copy the sample file from <strong>lib/htaccess</strong> and edit it to suit your needs. It contains further instructions. For
|
||||
example, in a Unix shell:
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>cp lib/htaccess .htaccess</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="database"></a>4.2 Creating a database</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>You need to create an empty database (eg "<em>moodle</em>") in your database system
|
||||
along with a special user (eg "moodleuser") that has access to that database
|
||||
(and that database only). You could use the "root" user if you wanted to for a test server, but
|
||||
this is not recommended for a production system: if hackers manage to discover
|
||||
the password then your whole database system would be at risk, rather than
|
||||
just one database. </p>
|
||||
<p>If you are using a webhost, they will probably have a control panel web interface for you to create your database. </p>
|
||||
<p>The <strong>Cpanel</strong> system is one of the most popular of these. To create a database in Cpanel, </p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Click on the "<strong>MySQL Databases</strong>" icon.</li>
|
||||
<li>Type "moodle" in the database field and click "<strong>Add Database</strong>".</li>
|
||||
<li> Type a username and password (not one you use elsewhere) in the respective fields and click "<strong>Add User</strong>".</li>
|
||||
<li> Now use the "<strong>Add User to Database</strong>" button to give this new user account "<strong>ALL</strong>" rights to the new database.</li>
|
||||
<li>Note that the username and database names may be prefixed by your Cpanel account name. When entering this information into the Moodle installer - use the full names.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p>If you have access to Unix command lines then you can do the same sort of thing by typing commands. </p>
|
||||
<p>Here are some example Unix command lines for MySQL: </p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
# mysql -u root -p
|
||||
> CREATE DATABASE moodle;
|
||||
> GRANT SELECT,INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE,CREATE,DROP,INDEX,ALTER ON moodle.*
|
||||
TO moodleuser@localhost IDENTIFIED BY 'yourpassword';
|
||||
> quit
|
||||
# mysqladmin -p reload
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>And some example command lines for PostgreSQL: </p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
# su - postgres
|
||||
> psql -c "create user moodleuser createdb;" template1
|
||||
> psql -c "create database moodle;" -U moodleuser template1
|
||||
> psql -c "alter user moodleuser nocreatedb;" template1</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="data"></a>4.3 Creating a data directory </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle will also need some space on your server's hard disk to store uploaded files, such as course documents and user pictures. </p>
|
||||
<p>The Moodle installer tries hard to create this directory for you but if it fails then you will have to create a directory for this purpose manually. </p>
|
||||
<p>For security, it's best that this directory is NOT accessible directly via the web. The easiest way to do this is to simply locate it OUTSIDE the web directory, but if you must have it in the web directory then protect it by creating a file in the data directory called .htaccess, containing this line: </p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>deny from all</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>To make sure that Moodle can save uploaded files in this directory, check that the web server software (eg Apache) has permission to read, write and execute in this directory. </p>
|
||||
<p>On Unix machines, this means setting the owner of the directory to be something like "nobody" or "apache", and then giving that user read, write and execute permissions.</p>
|
||||
<p>On Cpanel systems you can use the "File Manager" to find the folder, click on it, then choose "Change Permissions". On many shared hosting servers, you will probably need to restrict all file access to your "group" (to prevent other webhost customers from looking at or changing your files), but provide full read/write access to everyone else (which will allow the web server to access your files). </p>
|
||||
<p>Speak to your server administrator if you are having trouble setting this up securely. In particular some sites that use a PHP feature known as "Safe Mode" may <em>require</em> the administrator to create this directory properly for you. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="admin"></a>5. Go to the admin page to continue configuration </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Once the basic <strong>config.php</strong> has been correctly created in the previous step, trying to access the front page of your site will take you the "admin" page for the rest of the configuration.</p>
|
||||
<p>The first time you access this admin page, you will be presented with
|
||||
a GPL "shrinkwrap" agreement with which you <strong>must</strong> agree before you
|
||||
can continue with the setup.</p>
|
||||
<p>Now Moodle will start setting up your database and creating tables to store
|
||||
data. Firstly, the main database tables are created. You should see a number
|
||||
of SQL statements followed by status messages (in green or red) that look
|
||||
like this:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>CREATE TABLE course ( id int(10) unsigned NOT NULL auto_increment, category
|
||||
int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0', password varchar(50) NOT NULL default
|
||||
'', fullname varchar(254) NOT NULL default '', shortname varchar(15) NOT
|
||||
NULL default '', summary text NOT NULL, format tinyint(4) NOT NULL default
|
||||
'1', teacher varchar(100) NOT NULL default 'Teacher', startdate int(10)
|
||||
unsigned NOT NULL default '0', enddate int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default
|
||||
'0', timemodified int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0', PRIMARY KEY (id))
|
||||
TYPE=MyISAM</p>
|
||||
<p><font color="#006600">SUCCESS</font></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>...and so on, followed by: <font color="#006600">Main databases set up
|
||||
successfully.</font> </p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p class="style3">If you don't see these, then there must have been some problem with the database
|
||||
or the configuration settings you defined in config.php. Check that PHP isn't
|
||||
in a restricted "Safe Mode" (commercial web hosts sometimes have safe mode
|
||||
turned on). You can check PHP variables by creating a little file containing <strong><?php phpinfo() ?></strong> and looking at it through a browser. Check all these and
|
||||
try this page again.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Scroll down the very bottom of the page and press the "Continue"
|
||||
link.</p>
|
||||
<p>You should now see a form where you can define more configuration variables
|
||||
for your installation, such as the default language, SMTP hosts and so on.
|
||||
Don't worry too much about getting everything right just now - you can always
|
||||
come back and edit these later on using the admin interface. The defaults are designed to be useful and secure for most sites. Scroll down to
|
||||
the bottom and click "Save changes".</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p class="style3">If (and only if) you find yourself getting stuck on this page, unable to
|
||||
continue, then your server probably has what I call the "buggy referrer" problem.
|
||||
This is easy to fix: just turn off the "secureforms" setting, then
|
||||
try to continue again.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Next you will see more pages that print lots of status messages as they set up all the tables required by the various Moodle module. As before, they should all be <font color="#006600">green</font>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Scroll down the very bottom of the page and press the "Continue" link.</p>
|
||||
<p>The next page is a form where you can define parameters for your Moodle site
|
||||
and the front page, such as the name, format, description and so on. Fill
|
||||
this out (you can always come back and change these later) and then press
|
||||
"Save changes".</p>
|
||||
<p>Finally, you will then be asked to create a top-level administration user
|
||||
for future access to the admin pages. Fill out the details with your own name,
|
||||
email etc and then click "Save changes". Not all the fields are
|
||||
required, but if you miss any important fields you'll be re-prompted for them.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>Make sure you remember the username and password you chose
|
||||
for the administration user account, as they will be necessary to
|
||||
access the administration page in future.</strong></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p class="style3">(If for any reason your install is interrupted, or there is a system error
|
||||
of some kind that prevents you from logging in using the admin account, you
|
||||
can usually log in using the default username of "<strong>admin</strong>",
|
||||
with password "<strong>admin</strong>".)</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Once successful, you will be returned to the home page of your new site! Note the
|
||||
administration links that appear down the left hand side of the page (these
|
||||
items also appear on a separate Admin page) - these items are only visible
|
||||
to you because you are logged in as the admin user. All your further administration
|
||||
of Moodle can now be done using this menu, such as:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>creating and deleting courses</li>
|
||||
<li>creating and editing user accounts</li>
|
||||
<li>administering teacher accounts</li>
|
||||
<li>changing site-wide settings like themes etc</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>But you are not done installing yet! There is one very important thing still to do (see the next section on cron). </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="cron"></a>6. Set up cron -- IMPORTANT! </h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Some of Moodle's modules require continual checks to perform tasks. For example,
|
||||
Moodle needs to check the discussion forums so it can mail out copies of posts
|
||||
to people who have subscribed.</p>
|
||||
<p>The script that does all this is located in the admin directory, and is called
|
||||
cron.php. However, it can not run itself, so you need to set up a mechanism
|
||||
where this script is run regularly (eg every five or ten minutes). This provides
|
||||
a "heartbeat" so that the script can perform functions at periods
|
||||
defined by each module. This kind of regular mechanism is known as a <strong>cron service</strong>. </p>
|
||||
<p>Note that the machine performing the cron <b>does not need to be the same
|
||||
machine that is running Moodle</b>. For example, if you have a limited web
|
||||
hosting service that does not have a cron service, then you can might choose to run
|
||||
cron on another server or on your home computer. All that matters is that
|
||||
the cron.php file is called regularly. </p>
|
||||
<p>The load of this script is not very high, so 5 minutes is usually reasonable,
|
||||
but if you're worried about it you can reduce the time period to something
|
||||
like 15 minutes or even 30 minutes. It's best not to make the time period
|
||||
too long, as delaying mail-outs can slow down activity within the course.</p>
|
||||
<p>First, test that the script works by running it directly from your browser:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Now, you need to set up some of way of running the script automatically and
|
||||
regularly.</p>
|
||||
<p><b>On Windows systems</b></p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use this little package <a href="http://moodle.org/download/modules/moodle-cron-for-windows.zip" title="Click to download this package (150k)" target="_blank"><strong>moodle-cron-for-windows.zip</strong></a> which makes this whole thing very easy by installing a small Windows service. Run it and forget about it!</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>On web hosting services</strong></p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p> Your web-based control panel may have a web page that allows you to set up this cron process. For example, on Cpanel system, look for a button called "Cron jobs". In there you can put the same sort of Unix commands as listed below. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h4> Using the command line on Unix </h4>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>There are different command line programs you can use to call the page from the command line. Not all of them may be available on a given server.</p>
|
||||
<p>For example, you can use a Unix utility like 'wget':</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>wget -q -O /dev/null http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Note in this example that the output is thrown away (to /dev/null).</p>
|
||||
<p>The same thing using lynx:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>lynx -dump http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php > /dev/null</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Alternatively you could use a standalone version of PHP, compiled to be run
|
||||
on the command line. The advantage with doing this is that your web server
|
||||
logs aren't filled with constant requests to cron.php. The disadvantage is
|
||||
that you need to have access to a command-line version of php.</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>/opt/bin/php /web/moodle/admin/cron.php
|
||||
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h4>Using the crontab program on Unix </h4>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p> All that Cpanel does is provide a web interface to a Unix utility known as crontab. If you have a command line, you can set up crontab yourself using the command:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>crontab -e</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>and then adding one of the above commands like:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<pre>*/5 * * * * wget -q -O /dev/null http://example.com/moodle/admin/cron.php</pre>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Usually, the "crontab" command will put you into the 'vi' editor. You enter
|
||||
"insert mode" by pressing "i", then type in the line as above, then exit insert mode by
|
||||
pressing ESC. You save and exit by typing ":wq", or quit without saving using ":q!" (without the quotes).</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="course"></a>7. Create a new course</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Now that Moodle is running properly, you can try creating a new course to play with. </p>
|
||||
<p>Select "Create a new course" from the Admin page (or the admin
|
||||
links on the home page).</p>
|
||||
<p>Fill out the form, paying special attention to the course format. You don't
|
||||
have to worry about the details too much at this stage, as everything can
|
||||
be changed later by the teacher. Note that the yellow help icons are everywhere to provide contextual help on any aspect. </p>
|
||||
<p>Press "Save changes", and you will be taken to a new form where
|
||||
you can assign teachers to the course. You can only add existing user accounts
|
||||
from this form - if you want to create a new teacher account then either ask
|
||||
the teacher to create one for themselves (see the login page), or create one
|
||||
for them using the "Add a new user" on the Admin page.</p>
|
||||
<p>Once done, the course is ready to customise, and is accessible via the "Courses"
|
||||
link on the home page.</p>
|
||||
<p>See the "<a href="./?file=teacher.html">Teacher Manual</a>" for more details
|
||||
on course-building.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><strong>Happy exploring and happy Moodling!</strong></p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><strong>If you like Moodle, please consider <a href="http://moodle.org/donations/" target="_blank">donating</a> to help us cover our costs! </strong></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
Executable
+155
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Installing PHP and MySQL</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Installing Apache, MySQL and PHP</h1>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle is written in a scripting language called PHP, and stores most of its
|
||||
data in a database. The database we recommend is MySQL. Before installing Moodle
|
||||
you must have a working PHP installation and a working database to turn your
|
||||
computer into a functional web server platform. These packages can be tricky
|
||||
to set up for average computer users, so this page has been written to try to
|
||||
make this process as simple as possible for different platforms:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="#host" class="questionlink">Hosting Service</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#mac" class="questionlink">Mac OS X</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#redhat" class="questionlink">Redhat Linux</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#windows" class="questionlink">Windows</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="questionlink"> </p>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="host" id="host"></a>Hosting Service</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Unfortunately hosting services vary quite a lot in the way they work. Some
|
||||
will even install Moodle for you.</p>
|
||||
<p>Most will offer a web-based control panel to control your site, create databases
|
||||
and set up cron. Some may also offer terminal access via ssh, so that you
|
||||
can use the command shell to do things.</p>
|
||||
<p>You should work your way through the <a href="./?file=install.html">Installation
|
||||
guide</a> and take each step at a time. Ask your hosting provider if you get
|
||||
stuck. </p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="mac" id="mac"></a>Mac OS X</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The easiest way to do this is use the Apache server that Apple provides,
|
||||
and add PHP and MySQL using Marc Liyanage's packages. Both of the pages below
|
||||
come with good instructions that we won't duplicate here:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>PHP</strong>: Download from here: <a href="http://www.entropy.ch/software/macosx/php/" target="_top">http://www.entropy.ch/software/macosx/php/</a></p>
|
||||
<p><strong>MySQL</strong>: Download here: <a href="http://www.entropy.ch/software/macosx/mysql/" target="_top">http://www.entropy.ch/software/macosx/mysql/</a></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Once these are installed the standard <a href="./?file=install.html">Installation
|
||||
guide</a> should be fairly straightforward.</p>
|
||||
<p>A more detailed walkthrough is here: <a href="http://moodle.org/wiki/index.php/InstallingMoodle">http://moodle.org/wiki/index.php/InstallingMoodle</a></p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="redhat"></a>Redhat Linux</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>You should install all available RPM packages for Apache, PHP and MySQL.
|
||||
One package that people frequently forget is the php-mysql package which is
|
||||
necessary for PHP to talk to MySQL.</p>
|
||||
<p>Once these are installed the standard <a href="./?file=install.html">Installation
|
||||
guide</a> should be fairly straightforward.</p>
|
||||
<p>A more detailed walkthrough is here: <a href="http://moodle.org/wiki/index.php/InstallingMoodle">http://moodle.org/wiki/index.php/InstallingMoodle</a></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="windows" id="windows"></a>Windows</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The easiest way to do this is use <a href="http://www.easyphp.org/" target="_blank">EasyPHP</a>,
|
||||
a package that bundles all the software you need into a single Windows application.
|
||||
Here are the steps from start to finish:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li> Firstly, if you have ever installed MySQL before (even as part of another
|
||||
package), uninstall it all, delete all the MySQL files and make sure you
|
||||
delete <strong>c:\my.cnf</strong> and <strong>c:\windows\my.ini</strong>.You
|
||||
might want to do a search and delete ANY file called <strong>my.cnf</strong>
|
||||
or <strong>my.ini</strong>.</li>
|
||||
<li> If you've ever installed PHP before delete any files called <strong>php4ts.dll</strong>
|
||||
from around your Windows directory, as well as any files called <strong>php.ini</strong>.</li>
|
||||
<li> Download EasyPHP from here: <a href="http://www.easyphp.org/telechargements/dn.php?F=easyphp1-7">http://www.easyphp.org/telechargements/dn.php?F=easyphp1-7</a>
|
||||
(approx 10 Mb)</li>
|
||||
<li> Run the downloaded file: <strong>easyphp1-7_setup.exe</strong>. The installation
|
||||
process is in French but is otherwise much like installing any other Windows
|
||||
program - I advise accepting the defaults and letting it all install. Note
|
||||
that "Suivant" means Next and "Oui" means Yes.</li>
|
||||
<li>At the end of the install leave the checkbox selected to "Lancer
|
||||
EasyPHP" (Start EasyPHP) and hit the 'Terminer" button. You might
|
||||
be taken to a information web page which you can safely ignore. </li>
|
||||
<li>If all went well - congratulations! Apache, PHP and MySQL are all installed
|
||||
and running! You should see a black E in your toolbar tray. You can right
|
||||
click on it to get a menu which will let you control the running programs.</li>
|
||||
<li>Some things may be in French and you may prefer English. You can download this file <a href="http://www.easyphp.org/telechargements/dn.php?F=indexUS_1.7">http://www.easyphp.org/telechargements/dn.php?F=indexUS_1.7</a> which contains English versions of www and home folder in the EasyPHP1-7 folder. These can be copied over the default files.</li>
|
||||
<li> The next thing you need to do is to set up a database for Moodle to use.
|
||||
Right-click the black E in the toolbar tray and choose Administration, then click DB Management (beside PHPMyAdmin).</li>
|
||||
<li>If asked for a username, use "<strong>root</strong>" with a <strong>blank password</strong>. You
|
||||
should see a phpMyAdmin web interface that allows you to create a new databases
|
||||
and user accounts. </li>
|
||||
<li>Create a new database by typing "moodle" into the field and
|
||||
hitting the "Create" button. That was easy!</li>
|
||||
<li>You can also create a new user to access your database if you want. This
|
||||
can be a bit tricky for a first-time user, so you might just want to use
|
||||
the existing user "root" with no password in your Moodle config
|
||||
for now, and fix this later.</li>
|
||||
<li> You're ready to install Moodle! Download the latest release of Moodle
|
||||
from <a href="http://moodle.org/download" target="_blank">http://moodle.org/download</a>,
|
||||
then unzip the archive.</li>
|
||||
<li>Copy your moodle files into <strong>C:\Program Files\EasyPHP\www. </strong>You
|
||||
can either copy the entire moodle directory (ie C:\Program Files\EasyPHP\www\moodle)
|
||||
or copy all the <em>contents</em> of the moodle directory. If you choose
|
||||
this second option then you will be able to access your Moodle home page
|
||||
using http://localhost/ instead of http://localhost/moodle/.</li>
|
||||
<li> Make a new empty folder somewhere else for Moodle to store uploaded files
|
||||
in, eg: <strong>C:\moodledata</strong></li>
|
||||
<li> Go into your Moodle folder. Make a copy of config-dist.php, and call
|
||||
it config.php</li>
|
||||
<li> Edit config.php using a text editor (Notepad will do, just be careful
|
||||
that it doesn't add unwanted spaces at the end). </li>
|
||||
<li>Put in all your new database info:<br>
|
||||
$CFG->dbtype = 'mysql';<br>
|
||||
$CFG->dbhost = 'localhost';<br>
|
||||
$CFG->dbname = 'moodle';<br>
|
||||
$CFG->dbuser = 'root'; <br>
|
||||
$CFG->dbpass = '';<br>
|
||||
$CFG->dbpersist = true;<br>
|
||||
$CFG->prefix = 'mdl_';</li>
|
||||
<li>And put in all your file paths:<br>
|
||||
$CFG->wwwroot = 'http://localhost/moodle'; // Use an external address
|
||||
if you know it. <br>
|
||||
$CFG->dirroot = 'C:\Program Files\EasyPHP\www\moodle'; <br>
|
||||
$CFG->dataroot = 'C:\moodledata';</li>
|
||||
<li>Save config.php - you can ignore the other settings if there are any.</li>
|
||||
<li>You're nearly there now! The rest of the setup is all web-based. Visit
|
||||
<a href="http://localhost/moodle/admin/" target="_blank">http://localhost/moodle/admin/</a>
|
||||
with your browser to continue the setup via your browser.</li>
|
||||
<li>To use zip files with Moodle (for example the backups use zip) you might
|
||||
need to enable "zlib". You can do this by going to your EasyPHP
|
||||
directory (<strong>C:\Program Files\EasyPHP</strong>), and running the program
|
||||
phpini.exe in there. Put a mark in the checkbox next to "zlib.dll".
|
||||
Close that window, then go to the black E in your toolbar and right-click
|
||||
it to get a menu - select "Restart" from this menu.</li>
|
||||
<li>Lastly, you need to set up some sort of cron. See the <a href="./?file=install.html">Installation
|
||||
guide</a> for more details on this.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p>If you don't or can't use EasyPHP, here are some a few tips to make sure
|
||||
your PHP is set up correctly and avoid common problems:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Make sure you enable the GD module so Moodle can process images - you
|
||||
may have to edit php.ini and remove the comment (;) from this line: 'extension=php_gd2.dll'.
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>Make sure you enable the Zlib module so that you can create and unpack
|
||||
zip files from within Moodle.</li>
|
||||
<li>Make sure sessions is turned on - you may have to edit php.ini and fix
|
||||
the directory for <strong>session.save_path</strong> - instead of the default
|
||||
"/tmp" use a Windows directory like "c:/temp".</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+43
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Introduction</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Introduction</h1>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle is a software package for producing internet-based courses and web sites.
|
||||
It's an ongoing development project designed to support a <a href="?file=philosophy.html">social constructionist</a> framework of education. </p>
|
||||
<p>Moodle is provided freely as <a href="http://www.opensource.org/docs/definition_plain.html" target="_top">
|
||||
Open Source</a> software (under the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html" target="_top">
|
||||
GNU Public License</a>). Basically this means Moodle is copyrighted, but that
|
||||
you have additional freedoms. You are allowed to copy, use and modify Moodle
|
||||
provided that you agree to: <strong>provide the source to others</strong>; <strong>not
|
||||
modify or remove the original license and copyrights</strong>, and <strong>apply
|
||||
this same license to any derivative work</strong>. Read the license for full
|
||||
details and please contact the <a href="http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1&course=1">copyright
|
||||
holder</a> directly if you have any questions.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>Moodle will run on any computer that can run <a href="http://www.php.net/" target="_top">
|
||||
PHP</a>, and can support many types of database (particularly <a href="http://www.mysql.com/" target="_top">MySQL</a>).</p>
|
||||
<p>The word Moodle was originally an acronym for Modular Object-Oriented Dynamic
|
||||
Learning Environment, which is mostly useful to programmers and education theorists.
|
||||
It's also a verb that describes the process of lazily meandering through something,
|
||||
doing things as it occurs to you to do them, an enjoyable tinkering that often
|
||||
leads to insight and creativity. As such it applies both to the way Moodle was
|
||||
developed, and to the way a student or teacher might approach studying or teaching
|
||||
an online course. Anyone who uses Moodle is a Moodler.</p>
|
||||
<p>Come <a href="http://moodle.org/community/" target="_top">moodle with us</a>!</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+39
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
Executable
+18
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
ABOUT THIS DIRECTORY
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
DO NOT CHANGE, RENAME OR MOVE ANY OF THE FILES
|
||||
IN THIS DIRECTORY unless you REALLY know what
|
||||
you are doing.
|
||||
|
||||
Changing these files could mess up your course.
|
||||
|
||||
This directory contains files uploaded to your
|
||||
course within particular modules (mostly by
|
||||
students), such as assignment submissions and
|
||||
forum attachments.
|
||||
|
||||
The names of the directories and files within
|
||||
this directory are very specific and are
|
||||
automatically maintained by Moodle.
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+21
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Other documentation</h1>
|
||||
<p class="normaltext">Here are some links to other sources of Moodle documentation:</p>
|
||||
<p class="normaltext"><a href="../help.php?file=index.html">Index of all Moodle
|
||||
help pages</a> - a list of all the context-sensitive help files within Moodle</p>
|
||||
<p class="normaltext"><a href="http://moodle.org/docs/">User-contributed documentation</a>
|
||||
- this page lists documentation contributed by Moodle users</p>
|
||||
<p align="center" class="normaltext"> </p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+52
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Philosophy</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Philosophy</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The design and development of Moodle is guided by a particular philosophy of learning, a way of thinking that you may see referred to in shorthand as a "<em>social constructionist pedagogy</em>". (Some of you scientists may already be thinking "soft education mumbo jumbo" and reaching for your mouse, but please read on - this is useful for every subject area!)</p>
|
||||
<p>This page tries to explain in simple terms what that phrase means by unpacking <strong>four main concepts</strong> behind it. Note that each of these is summarising one view of an immense amount of diverse research so these definitions may seem thin if you have read about these before.</p>
|
||||
<p>If these concepts are completely new to you then it is likely that these ideas will be hard to understand at first - all I can recommend is that you read it carefully, while thinking about your own experiences of trying to learn something.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<h3>1. Constructivism</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This point of view maintains that people actively <strong>construct</strong> new knowledge as they interact with their environment. </p>
|
||||
<p>Everything you read, see, hear, feel, and touch is tested against your prior knowledge and if it is viable within your mental world, may form new knowledge you carry with you. Knowledge is strengthened if you can use it successfully in your wider environment. You are not just a memory bank passively absorbing information, nor can knowledge be "transmitted" to you just by reading something or listening to someone.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is not to say you can't learn anything from reading a web page or watching a lecture, obviously you can, it's just pointing out that there is more interpretation going on than a transfer of information from one brain to another.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>2. Constructionism</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Constructionism asserts that learning is particularly effective when constructing something for others to experience. This can be anything from a spoken sentence or an internet posting, to more complex artifacts like a painting, a house or a software package.</p>
|
||||
<p>For example, you might read this page several times and still forget it by tomorrow - but if you were to try and explain these ideas to someone else in your own words, or produce a slideshow that explained these concepts, then I can guarantee you'd have a better understanding that is more integrated into your own ideas. This is why people take notes during lectures, even if they never read the notes again.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>3. Social Constructivism</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This extends the above ideas into a social group constructing things for one another, collaboratively creating a small culture of shared artifacts with shared meanings. When one is immersed within a culture like this, one is learning all the time about how to be a part of that culture, on many levels.</p>
|
||||
<p>A very simple example is an object like a cup. The object can be used for many things, but its shape does suggest some "knowledge" about carrying liquids. A more complex example is an online course - not only do the "shapes" of the software tools indicate certain things about the way online courses should work, but the activities and texts produced within the group as a whole will help shape how each person behaves within that group.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>4. Connected and Separate</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This idea looks deeper into the motivations of individuals within a discussion. <strong>Separate</strong> behaviour is when someone tries to remain 'objective' and 'factual', and tends to defend their own ideas using logic to find holes in their opponent's ideas. <strong>Connected</strong> behaviour is a more empathic approach that accepts subjectivity, trying to listen and ask questions in an effort to understand the other point of view. <strong>Constructed</strong> behaviour is when a person is sensitive to both of these approaches and is able to choose either of them as appropriate to the current situation.</p>
|
||||
<p>In general, a healthy amount of connected behaviour within a learning community is a very powerful stimulant for learning, not only bringing people closer together but promoting deeper reflection and re-examination of their existing beliefs.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<p>Once you are thinking about all these issues, it helps you to focus on the experiences that would be best for learning from the learner's point of view, rather than just publishing and assessing the information you think they need to know. It can also help you realise how each participant in a course can be a teacher as well as a learner. Your job as a 'teacher' can change from being 'the source of knowledge' to being an influencer and role model of class culture, connecting with students in a personal way that addresses their own learning needs, and moderating discussions and activities in a way that collectively leads students towards the learning goals of the class.</p>
|
||||
<p>Obviously Moodle doesn't force this style of behaviour, but this is what it is best at supporting. In future, as the technical infrastructure of Moodle stabilises, further improvements in pedagogical support will be a major direction for Moodle development.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+269
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Current Release notes</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
<!-- dt {font-family: "Trebuchet MS", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
|
||||
dd {margin-bottom:1em;}
|
||||
.style1 {font-weight: bold}
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Latest Release notes</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> Moodle 1.4.1 (12th September, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul><dl>
|
||||
<dt>A few little new things</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New "Email Protection" filter will obfuscate all email addresses within all texts
|
||||
(to help prevent automated address-harvesting)</li>
|
||||
<li>Allowed email addresses can now be restricted (see config-dist.php for details)</li>
|
||||
<li>Extra instructions for translators embedded in translation interface</li>
|
||||
<li>New help page for Directory Paths</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>And some bug fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Improved performance when viewing site logs</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved paging and performance in glossary</li>
|
||||
<li>Glossary entries are now shown correctly if they belong to multiple categories</li>
|
||||
<li>Do not redeclare auth_user_login upon failed login</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed two missing icons in the cordoroyblue theme</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed missing "New event" button on Upcoming Events page</li>
|
||||
<li>Always addslashes on chat messages from daemon users before inserting into db.</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixes for handling of fixed enrollment periods when this is set for a course</li>
|
||||
<li>Site course ID (defined as SITEID) is no longer assumed to be always 1</li>
|
||||
<li>Default memory limits are increased beyond 16M, to help Moodle continue
|
||||
working even when there is some unplanned memory problem</li>
|
||||
<li>Smilies are now rendered as pictures in Markdown format texts</li>
|
||||
<li>Workshops work under Recent Activity again</li>
|
||||
<li>file.php can now only be used to access data within courses</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved behaviour of calendar blocks on home page</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed quotes bug with PostgreSQL database specification produced by installer</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed sometimes-missing display of correct answers during quiz review</li>
|
||||
<li><tt> and <code> are now allowed tags</li>
|
||||
<li>Section summaries, course summaries and labels are again no longer cleaned of Javascript</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed a rare LDAP bug that could cause new accounts not to be created </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> Moodle 1.4 (31st August, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul><dl>
|
||||
<dt>Headlines</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Compatibility with PHP 5</li>
|
||||
<li>New easy installer wizard leads you through the creation of the initial config.php file</li>
|
||||
<li>Installation is now completely localised to your preferred language</li>
|
||||
<li>Completely revamped Resource module make it easier to add new resources and to send data to them.</li>
|
||||
<li>New Enrolment system featuring modules such as completely automated Paypal payments,
|
||||
flatfile scanning, or external database control.</li>
|
||||
<li>Blocks now work on the front page, plus you can put a topic section above the middle part</li>
|
||||
<li>Chat now includes a server-side daemon (in PHP) for scalable, instant chat</li>
|
||||
<li>New Wiki module!</li>
|
||||
<li>New support for editing text using the Markdown format</li>
|
||||
<li>Many bug fixes in all areas</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Under the hood</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Resource module has its own Add menu now, and uses class-based submodules, making it much
|
||||
easier now to add new resource types to this menu</li>
|
||||
<li>Quiz module has been refactored into class-based questiontype plugins.</li>
|
||||
<li>Enrolment process has been refactored into class-based enrolment plugins.</li>
|
||||
<li>Glossary display formats are now name-based, and it's easier to plugin new ones.</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved behaviour of many modules when they are used on the site page.</li>
|
||||
<li>Revised Filter structure is faster and now compatible with Turck MMcache.</li>
|
||||
<li>Adding activities is now more forgiving of fields left empty</li>
|
||||
<li>We can now alter PostgreSQL columns at will using table_column()</li>
|
||||
<li>RSS generation has been sped up tremendously, putting much less load on cron</li>
|
||||
<li>Some bigger modules have split lib.php into locallib.php for less memory usage</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Languages and localisation</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Updates to nearly every language pack</li>
|
||||
<li>Moodle can override the default character set in Apache, making languages more reliable</li>
|
||||
<li>Multibyte languages now wrap properly</li>
|
||||
<li>Better handling of locales and encodings on very multilingual sites (like moodle.org)</li>
|
||||
<li>New languages: Slovenian and Hebrew! </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Security Fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Fixed a number of possible XSS entry points and path disclosures</li>
|
||||
<li>Attributes of tags in HTML are now parsed even more thoroughly for naughty scripts</li>
|
||||
<li>User profile pages are no longer available by default to strangers</li>
|
||||
<li>All text is now cleaned on output (not just input)</li>
|
||||
<li>Email addresses are not used on outgoing mail if the user requests that</li>
|
||||
<li>New setting <strong>loginhttps</strong> will use secure https for the login, then switch back to http</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Administration</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Spiffy new interfaces for adding/removing students, creators and admins</li>
|
||||
<li>Failed logins are now logged, and can be displayed to users upon a successful login</li>
|
||||
<li>Logs now support viewing by group, and by errors</li>
|
||||
<li>Modules now behave more consistently on the site front page</li>
|
||||
<li>Front page "students" can be all users on site, or all users in at least one course on the site </li>
|
||||
<li>Email-sending can now be enabled/disabled on any user's profile page</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Authentication</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>All authentication methods will now co-exist with internally-created accounts</li>
|
||||
<li>New support for authenticating against First Class servers</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixes for POP3 authentication</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Navigation</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Visitors can be automatically logged in as guest</li>
|
||||
<li>Jump menu now always shows "Jump to" to help distribute clues about what it does</li>
|
||||
<li>Jump menu now has a much clearer way of grouping activities into sections</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Blocks</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Block system can now cope with custom course formats and changes in format</li>
|
||||
<li>New login block allows login from site front page</li>
|
||||
<li>Online users block on home page shows users from the whole site</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Editor</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New editor configuration screen for the admin</li>
|
||||
<li>New support for anchors within pages</li>
|
||||
<li>Spell-checking is now supported in the editor, it uses aspell on your server operating system</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Chat</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Chat now includes a server-side daemon (in PHP) for scalable, instant chat</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Choice</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Significantly revamped to make a lot more sense, with more option</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Forum</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Several fixes when dealing with groups</li>
|
||||
<li>Users can choose to receive forum posts as daily digests of subject lines or whole posts.</li>
|
||||
<li>Discussion listing is now paged</li>
|
||||
<li>Teachers now have complete control over forum subscriptions, and can subscribe anyone at will</li>
|
||||
<li>"Last post" date is shortened and linked to the last post</li>
|
||||
<li>Forums now list RSS feeds on the index page</li>
|
||||
<li>Better-looking HTML mail using the full stylesheet</li>
|
||||
<li>Forum mail older than two days is never sent out (to prevent unwanted floods)</li>
|
||||
<li>Blocked mail is logged so that teachers can see it</li>
|
||||
<li>Discussion branches can be "split" from the main discussion, into a new discussion</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Glossary</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Glossary entries can be defined as "always editable"</li>
|
||||
<li>Glossaries now list RSS feeds on the index page</li>
|
||||
<li>Many fixes throughout</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Quiz</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New floating timer for timed quizzes</li>
|
||||
<li>Attempts may now be restricted to specific computers</li>
|
||||
<li>Quizzes can now require a special password</li>
|
||||
<li>New question type for Calculated Questions</li>
|
||||
<li>Numerical questions now support units<li>Questions can be previewed in the editing pages</li>
|
||||
<li>Questions can now be exported in several formats</li>
|
||||
<li>More intelligent handling of category listing when editing questions</li>
|
||||
<li>New (and incomplete) XML export format, will eventually be quiz-feature-complete</li>
|
||||
<li>Shortanswers can now contain all sorts of strange characters</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>Resource</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Adding resources is now a one-step process with more control</li>
|
||||
<li>Web page, Web link, Uploaded file and Program resource all combined into one type!</li>
|
||||
<li>Program resources replaced by Parameters that allow a lot of of interesting interaction with external resources, both remote and uploaded into Moodle. </li>
|
||||
<li>Collapsible forms with memory to make forms less daunting for beginners without slowing down experienced users </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>SCORM</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Many fixes and improvements - works with an even wider variety of packages</li>
|
||||
<li>Optional extra verification of the manifest file </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<div align="center" class="style1"></div>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
<dd> </dd>
|
||||
<dt> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<div align="center" class="style1"><font size="+1">Finally, don't forget to look at some of the <a href="http://moodle.org/download/modules/" target="_blank">many optional and innovative modules under development</a>.</font></div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<p align="center"><strong><font size="+1">If you experience any bugs in this release, please report them <a href="http://moodle.org/bugs" target="_blank">moodle.org/bugs</a> so we can fix them in the next release.</font></strong></p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p><br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<center>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<a href="./?file=releaseold.html">Old release information</a>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</center>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="../doc/" target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
Executable
+755
@@ -0,0 +1,755 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Old Release notes</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
dt {font-family: "Trebuchet MS", Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
|
||||
dd {margin-bottom:1em;}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Old Release notes</h1>
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.3.4 (11th August, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Updates</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Some compatibility was added for handling glossaries and resources from Moodle 1.4.</li>
|
||||
<li>Forbid restricted users from changing enrolments</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Bug fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Fixed a reported vulnerability involving arguments to forum/post.php file</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed a possible vulnerability involving strings in Moodle texts</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed a rare glitch with attempt numbers in quizzes</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed a bug with regular expression logic in short answers</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed a typo in the PostgreSQL install</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed some documentation links</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.3.3 (16th July, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Updates</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>The ADOdb library was upgraded to a version compatible with PHP 5.0</li>
|
||||
<li>Improvements to the detection and conversion of URLs in backups</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Bug fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>A possible vulnerability involving arguments to the help.php file was fixed.</li>
|
||||
<li>A possible vulnerability involving language setting was fixed.</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixes for the editing of lang strings with double quotes in them</li>
|
||||
<li>Several small problems fixed in Glossary</li>
|
||||
<li>Some minor issues fixed in the Scorm module</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.3.2 (9th July, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Updates</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>The SCORM module is now included as standard </li>
|
||||
<li>Some new languages (Malaysian, Estonian) </li>
|
||||
<li>Many more existing languages are now completed up to 1.3.x</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Bug fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>A possible front page vulnerability with Moodle servers on some old PHP versions was fixed. If you are using a version of PHP previous to 4.3 then it might be a good idea to upgrade to this version of Moodle. </li>
|
||||
<li>Important fixes to logic when forums are used for group activities</li>
|
||||
<li>Editing teacher profiles are visible even to separated groups in a class </li>
|
||||
<li>Subject lines in multibyte languages in recent activity are no longer broken by wrapping function </li>
|
||||
<li>A few issues related to glossary export/import were fixed</li>
|
||||
<li>Backup is now better at managing it's temporary files </li>
|
||||
<li>Other small fixes here and there </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.3.1 (4th June, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Bug fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Some HTML code affecting stability of HTML editor under IE6 on some pages was fixed</li>
|
||||
<li>Some bugs were fixed in several auto-linking text filters</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved-looking navigation bar (using the » character)</li>
|
||||
<li>Flash files now have their own icon</li>
|
||||
<li>Adding course links using HTML editor now fixed for teachers</li>
|
||||
<li>Section links block now preserves focussed view</li>
|
||||
<li>Sites files now respect forcelogin setting</li>
|
||||
<li>Upgrading blocks without database functions now works</li>
|
||||
<li>Language updates</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.3 (25th May, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Major new features</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New <strong>Calendar</strong> feature (thanks to Jon Papaioannou and the <a target="_blank" href="http://www.sch.gr/">Greek School Network</a>!)</li>
|
||||
<li>New <strong>Blocks </strong>feature, allowing blocks to be added and moved around on course pages (thanks to Jon Papaioannou, Eloy Lafuente and others!)</li>
|
||||
<li>New <strong>RSS System</strong> allows Forums and Glossaries (and later other modules) to publish RSS feeds (Thanks, Eloy!)</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>Mediaplugin</strong> filter now supports auto-embedding of Quicktime, Flash, and Windows Media files.</li>
|
||||
<li>A new <strong>Activity Names</strong> filter will automatically add hyperlinks to other activities in the same course whenever their name is mentioned.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Other new features</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New resource type "Directory" will display a whole directory of uploaded files (including subdirectories)</li>
|
||||
<li>Resources that are files (uploaded, or webpages) now show the relevant icon on the course page</li>
|
||||
<li>Most internal HTML links within forums and resources are now preserved during backup/restores</li>
|
||||
<li>It is now possible to pass normal http arguments to files in the Files section. This allows some fancier HTML and Flash in resources.</li>
|
||||
<li>$CFG->forceloginforprofiles can be set to prevent guests from seeing site-level user profiles (including Google).</li>
|
||||
<li>When Google access is enabled, then Google web page translations now work too.</li>
|
||||
<li>Sessions are now stored privately in the Moodle data directory - this makes Moodle work better on clusters, and solves some session timeout problems when using Moodle on shared web hosts</li>
|
||||
<li>User pictures can now be easily deleted from the profile editing page</li>
|
||||
<li>Talking in Chat now appears in the main logs.</li>
|
||||
<li>Hidden sections in courses can now be completely hidden from students (course setting)</li>
|
||||
<li>Improvements to text inside graphs for some non-English languages, using Unicode fonts.</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved interface for managing Scales, as well as better handling in mulitlingual sites</li>
|
||||
<li>All students can now be unenrolled with one button (on the Students page)</li>
|
||||
<li>Subscribers to forums can now be manually subscribed or unsubscribed in groups</li>
|
||||
<li>Better handling of some European characters in filenames and usernames</li>
|
||||
<li>Feedback notices for a hidden assignment aren't mailed out until it's unhidden</li>
|
||||
<li>Expanded support for importing Blackboard quizzes</li>
|
||||
<li>The cron script can now be run using a PHP binary from any directory</li>
|
||||
<li>The HTML editor has been further improved and streamlined.</li>
|
||||
<li>The default recent activity display is now calculated from the last access to that course (or two days, whichever is more recent). Previously it was from the last login to the site.</li>
|
||||
<li>Confirmation emails are now in HTML and Text, to help prevent breaking of confirmation link.</li>
|
||||
<li><b>New languages</b>: Farsi, Latvian, Norwegian Primary School, Unicode version of Traditional Chinese.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Bug fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Hundreds of small bugs were fixed in all areas, generally improving appearance and robustness.</li>
|
||||
<li>As always, if you find bugs in Moodle, please <a href="http://moodle.org/bugs/">report them to our Bug Tracker</a>!</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt><font size="+1">Finally, don't forget to look at some of the <a href="http://moodle.org/download/modules/" target="_blank">many optional modules under development</a>, including the SCORM module, the Wiki module, the Hot Potatoes module and many other innovations.</font></dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p><br />
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.2.1 (25th March, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Various small bug fixes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Fixed some bugs that were causing survey graphs and results not to display in some circumstances</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved security in the cron script</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed WebCT quiz import to deal with missing images, shortanswers and escaped characters</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed formatting on editor dialog to insert links</li>
|
||||
<li>Prevent glossary from adding links to activity names that are already links</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed some timezone calculations when user isn't present</li>
|
||||
<li>Characters like :( in Javascript code within filtered HTML are no longer converted to a sad smiley</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved handling of ratings for single forums when secureforms is on.</li>
|
||||
<li>Multichoice question creation now defaults to a single correct answer format</li>
|
||||
<li>Guests can no longer see email addresses if "show only to course participants" has been set by that user</li>
|
||||
<li>Primary admin is now the lowest-numbered entry in user_admins, rather than the admin with the lowest userid.</li>
|
||||
<li>Modified flash MP3 plugin to improve brightness of Play button on darker screens</li>
|
||||
<li>Various polishing and improvements in many language packs</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.2 (20th March, 2004)</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Major new features</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New support for <strong>groups</strong> and cohorts within courses (with many options)</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>Text filters</strong> allow arbitrary processing on all text in Moodle, including <strong>automatic linking</strong>, <strong>mathematics support</strong>, <strong>multi-language content</strong> and infinitely more possibilities</li>
|
||||
<li>A fantastic new <strong>Glossary module</strong> (thanks to Williams Castillo!) with many different ways to contruct learning activities based around collecting definitions</li>
|
||||
<li>A great new <strong>Lesson module</strong> (thanks to Ray Kingdon!) easily creates active content with pathways and multiple-choice questions</li>
|
||||
<li>A new <strong>Label module</strong> allows arbitrary HTML in the course page</li>
|
||||
<li>An improved <strong>WYSIWYG editor</strong>, faster and more cross-platform than the old one</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>Automatic backups</strong> can be scheduled by the administrator for all courses at once</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Courses</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Activities can now be indented on the course outline, allowing more structure</li>
|
||||
<li>A new report for Recent Activity makes it easier to see what's happened recently</li>
|
||||
<li>A new logs button on every activity links to the logs page to show logs per-activity</li>
|
||||
<li>Restore button now always functional</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved "index" view for all modules</li>
|
||||
<li>Improvements to participants display, including paging and initial searching</li>
|
||||
<li>Excel downloads are more compatible with different operating systems</li>
|
||||
<li>Better error reporting when adding/updating activities</li>
|
||||
<li>Search box no longer auto-focuses (it was causing annoying auto-scrolling on long courses)</li>
|
||||
<li>Self-unenrollment link on the course page for students</li>
|
||||
<li>Change password link on the course page for students</li>
|
||||
<li>Students can now be allowed to see their own activity reports (course setting)</li>
|
||||
<li>Teachers can browse the course files for images when using the new editor</li>
|
||||
<li>New image of empty box as destination when moving activities</li>
|
||||
<li>Accesses are now recorded by course, so the participant listings make more sense</li>
|
||||
<li>The activity navbar now has buttons for previous and next activities</li>
|
||||
<li>File dates were incorrect on some systems - this is now fixed.</li>
|
||||
<li>Old chat users are no longer shown in the recent activity</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Site administration</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>An important security fix preventing teachers from logging in as admins who are students in their course</li>
|
||||
<li>New setting "forcelogin" can force people to log in before they can see any of the site</li>
|
||||
<li>New setting "opentogoogle" allows Google and people referred by Google to get in as guest</li>
|
||||
<li>New setting "timezone" allows a default timezone to be set for the whole site</li>
|
||||
<li>New setting "deleteunconfirmed" specifies the time we'll wait for email accounts to be confirmed</li>
|
||||
<li>New setting "allowunenroll" enables/disables students from unenrolling themselves from courses</li>
|
||||
<li>New setting "fullnamedisplay" allows override for the formatting of user full names so students can only see "firstname lastname", "lastname firstname" or "firstname"</li>
|
||||
<li>Individual users can have their email disabled by the teacher or admin (useful for dealing with broken mail accounts that are bouncing)</li>
|
||||
<li>Upload sizes can now be controlled throughout Moodle using "maxbytes". There is a site limit (bounded by the current PHP limits), which itself is the upper bound for course limits, which is the upper bound for activity limits.</li>
|
||||
<li>Moodle cookies can be customised (helps when running multiple Moodles on one site)</li>
|
||||
<li>Included script for analysing database performance (admin/dbperformance.php)</li>
|
||||
<li>Included standalone script to check a server for Moodle compatibility (lib/compatible.php)</li>
|
||||
<li> If a file called cronextra.php exists in the dataroot then cron will run that too. This allows sites to have "special" maintenance features.</li>
|
||||
<li>Course formats are now more like plugins, in separate directories</li>
|
||||
<li>Users can now be uploaded from text files</li>
|
||||
<li>If $CFG->disableuserimages is defined (in config.php) then user images can not be changed</li>
|
||||
<li>If $CFG->admineditalways is defined then the administrator can edit ANY post at any time.</li>
|
||||
<li>If $CFG->filterall is defined then even little things liks forum subjects and activity names are filtered</li>
|
||||
<li>Support for restricted demo users (eg the teacher demo on Moodle.org) - usernames can be added to a list of names in config.php. eg $CFG->restrictusers = 'teacher,fred';</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Themes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Fixes for Internet Explorer can be more robust at using the style sheet</li>
|
||||
<li>Miscellaneous fixes and improvements to themes - <strong>custom themes need upgrading!</strong></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Translations</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New languages: Galego and Lithuanian</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved language editing interface - it allows the current language to be chosen and allows each file to be edited separately.</li>
|
||||
<li>The list of country names can now be translated, as can the editor buttons, smiley names and file sizes (Mb, Gb etc)</li>
|
||||
<li>Language packs can now define the default language direction (RTL or LTR)</li>
|
||||
<li>Language packs can now define the order that people's names should be shown in</li>
|
||||
<li>Language files are now written using slightly more efficient PHP code</li>
|
||||
<li>Finally got rid of the final bogus linefeeds in the multi-line strings</li>
|
||||
<li>Courses can now "force" a language on all users</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Backup / Restore</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Automatic backups can be scheduled by the administrator for all courses at once</li>
|
||||
<li>Logs are now fully restored</li>
|
||||
<li>All needed users are now included in course backups (even if no longer enrolled)</li>
|
||||
<li>Miscellaneous fixes and improvements</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Text Filters and Formatting</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Warning: the new text filters can increase the load on your server, particularly when used with complex filters. Use them with caution. </li>
|
||||
<li>The new <strong>glossary filter</strong> can create links to glossary entries from matching words throughout Moodle.</li>
|
||||
<li>The new <strong>TeX filter</strong> can convert TeX code found anywhere in Moodle into true Mathematics notation (GIF format image). There is also an <strong>algebra</strong> filter with a simpler input format (more like calculators).</li>
|
||||
<li>The new <strong>censor filter</strong> can be enabled to filter out bad words.</li>
|
||||
<li>The new <strong>multilang filter</strong> allows texts to be entered in multiple languages, and only the best one will be shown to each user (depending on their language setting)</li>
|
||||
<li>The <nolink> tag can be used to prevent autolinking within a passage of text.</li>
|
||||
<li>More tags are now allowed, including <acronym> and all <math> tags.</li>
|
||||
<li>Some areas where text wasn't properly filtered before (security risk) have now been fixed.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Developer API</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>A new coding guide is available</li>
|
||||
<li>A new Philosophy guide is available ;-)</li>
|
||||
<li>Improvements to the template for new modules</li>
|
||||
<li>Modules should now specify the minimum version of Moodle they are compatible with</li>
|
||||
<li>Scripts can specify to print_header() whether the page is pure XML</li>
|
||||
<li>Any module can save and retrieve user preferences that stay around between logins</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Chats</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Chat sessions can now be deleted</li>
|
||||
<li>Scheduled chat times now show the timezone to make it clearer</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Forums</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Forum viewing preferences are remembered between logins</li>
|
||||
<li>"Show parent" link on all posts for faster navigation around forums</li>
|
||||
<li>Anchor tags allow individual posts to be referenced in all views</li>
|
||||
<li>Improvements to cron job when manually run, as well as logging of mailer errors</li>
|
||||
<li>Only print the ratings button when there are ratings to be made</li>
|
||||
<li>Vastly improved email text versions of HTML forum posts</li>
|
||||
<li>When replying, an outline of other replies is shown.</li>
|
||||
<li>When using the HTML editor to post, other formatting options are no longer provided.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Journals</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Journal questions can now use the HTML editor</li>
|
||||
<li>Some fixes to the report page when assessing journal entries</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Quizzes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Questions and categories can now be edited without needing to open a quiz</li>
|
||||
<li>All questions can now use any of the Moodle editing formats</li>
|
||||
<li>New import format: <strong>GIFT</strong> format (this is the new default format)</li>
|
||||
<li>New import format: <strong>Course Test Manager</strong></li>
|
||||
<li>New import format: <strong>WebCT</strong> format</li>
|
||||
<li>New import format: <strong>Aiken</strong> format</li>
|
||||
<li>Short-Answer questions can now use wildcards for matching eg wild*rds</li>
|
||||
<li>Images now work in questions from external published categories</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved the overview reports to show more info and allow deletion of attempts</li>
|
||||
<li>Added a new detailed quiz report for statistical anaylsis</li>
|
||||
<li>All question types can now have up to 10 answers each</li>
|
||||
<li>Menus in quiz editing no longer need submit buttons (just select from menu)</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed bug that occurred when re-grading SOME quizzes with random questions in them</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed bug that occurred in backups of quizzes with random questions in them</li>
|
||||
<li>Many other small bugs fixed</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Resources</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Teachers can browse files more directly when creating uploaded file</li>
|
||||
<li>New settings to allow a default URL, a default search page and default popup settings</li>
|
||||
<li>Uploaded files can appear in popups too.</li>
|
||||
<li>Much better display of popups when using the navbar to go there</li>
|
||||
<li>MP3 files are now streamed using a built-in Flash MP3 player</li>
|
||||
<li>Video files (Media player, Quicktime) are embedded using local plugins</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Workshops</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Changes to handling of peer assessments</li>
|
||||
<li>New assessment phase</li>
|
||||
<li>New options for the league table</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt>Miscellaneous</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Moodle now ignores any folders that Frontpage may have added to it (_vti_cnf).</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved HTML -> XHTML in many places</li>
|
||||
<li>Many fixes for non-MySQL databases</li>
|
||||
<li>A few hard-coded text strings around the place were made translatable</li>
|
||||
<li>User profile data is now properly cleaned</li>
|
||||
<li>FIxes for when Moodle is embedded within a frame (eg in Postnuke)</li>
|
||||
<li>Bug fixes to Wiki mode</li>
|
||||
<li>Admin can no longer edit external accounts</li>
|
||||
<li>Qmail users can use "qmail" in the smtphosts field for better results</li>
|
||||
<li>Multiple methods of redirecting, to work around some browser bugs</li>
|
||||
<li>Small improvements to the display of grades in the gradebook</li>
|
||||
<li>More student profile fields can be edited, such as department and institution, and these are also written to grade dumps in text or Excel.</li>
|
||||
<li>When a student is added as a teacher, they are now automatically unenrolled from being a student</li>
|
||||
<li>Upgraded ADOdb (database layer)</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.1.1 (10 September, 2003):</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt> </dt>
|
||||
<dt>General Fixes</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Translation improvements in many languages</li>
|
||||
<li>Frame fix when switching languages in documentation</li>
|
||||
<li>All short PHP tags removed ... short_tags is no longer a requirement</li>
|
||||
<li>Forum search results link using anchor tag for better context</li>
|
||||
<li>Removed target from "delete" link on user editing page</li>
|
||||
<li>'Search' on social format moved closer to the top to prevent browser
|
||||
self-scrolling </li>
|
||||
<li>Page redirection is faster and no longer causes intermediate page
|
||||
to be stored in IE history</li>
|
||||
<li>Course listings improved when courses are displayed, including more
|
||||
information</li>
|
||||
<li>Category listings show courses in full when there are under ten courses</li>
|
||||
<li>Invisible courses are always shown last in My Courses</li>
|
||||
<li>Course creators can now see all hidden categories and courses</li>
|
||||
<li>Styles added for category and course names</li>
|
||||
<li>Removed tags from question text on quiz 'simplestat' report</li>
|
||||
<li>Added percentages to downloaded data from 'simplestat' report</li>
|
||||
<li>Allow external deep linking using guest account ?username=guest</li>
|
||||
<li>Any admin can now add/remove course creators</li>
|
||||
<li>Primary admin can now update own username/password even with external authentication</li>
|
||||
<li>Quizzes can now be specified as having "no grade" and no grades will be shown</li>
|
||||
<li>When editing a language, missing strings files are created if possible</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed bug in weekly journal date calculations</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed bug in config.php that made error_reporting not work</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed bug when editing user name with quotes in it</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed bug in email obfuscation for email addresses with numbers in
|
||||
them </li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed missing PostgreSQL schema for chat module</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed several typos in PostgreSQL upgrading code</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed some uninitialised variables</li>
|
||||
<li>Several bugs fixed in Workshop module</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.1 (28 August, 2003):</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt> </dt>
|
||||
<dt>Major Changes</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>A completely new <strong>backup</strong> system for backup and restore
|
||||
of courses (Thanks, Eloy!)</li>
|
||||
<li>A new <strong>workshop</strong> module for peer grading (Thanks, Ray!)</li>
|
||||
<li>A new <strong>chat</strong> module for synchronous discussions</li>
|
||||
<li>All-new <strong>course manager</strong> to handle very large numbers
|
||||
of courses (tested with 3700)</li>
|
||||
<li>Custom-defined <strong>grading scales</strong> that can be used throughout
|
||||
a course</li>
|
||||
<li>Performance improvements in many areas</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>General</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Clean up of the whole admin menu organisation to make it clearer</li>
|
||||
<li>Categories can be nested and sorted alphabetically or manually</li>
|
||||
<li>Courses and whole categories can be hidden from students</li>
|
||||
<li>Course descriptions and names can be searched for keywords</li>
|
||||
<li>Large categories are now completely paged</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved web caching for stylesheets and images</li>
|
||||
<li>"My courses" display on the home page when logged in.</li>
|
||||
<li>Inclusion of non-linked page to display ALL user pictures at once
|
||||
(see /userpix)</li>
|
||||
<li>The "secureforms" feature now defaults to OFF.</li>
|
||||
<li>Moodle now doesn't care if "magic quotes" is on or off.</li>
|
||||
<li>Images in /pix were rearranged and tidied up</li>
|
||||
<li>HTML email is better formatted for wider compatibility</li>
|
||||
<li>Mail bounces are now sent to the admin user</li>
|
||||
<li>Better cron tasks (less CPU used) and duplicate enrolments are now
|
||||
cleaned</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved display of logs with infinite paging and increased flexibility</li>
|
||||
<li>User log graphs now work at site-level (showing ALL logs on the site)</li>
|
||||
<li>People with manual accounts can now recover their password</li>
|
||||
<li>Improved system for defining/printing help files for major activity
|
||||
modules</li>
|
||||
<li>Activity modules can now have settings</li>
|
||||
<li>Email addresses are all completely obfuscated (to fool web spiders)</li>
|
||||
<li>There is now an index to the help files</li>
|
||||
<li>Library (Mark Kimes' add-on) is now supported if it is installed (see Moodle contrib for Library source)</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Courses</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Teachers can now have their course editing privileges removed</li>
|
||||
<li>Teachers can now manually enrol students if they want to</li>
|
||||
<li>Teacher management is now all combined in one interface</li>
|
||||
<li>Activities can be moved any distance with two clicks</li>
|
||||
<li>Topics/weeks can now be moved up and down</li>
|
||||
<li>Pop-up menu to quickly switch between topics/weeks when collapsed</li>
|
||||
<li>When self-enrolling, students are notified and given a chance to cancel</li>
|
||||
<li>Teachers and students see list of "My Courses" on course
|
||||
home pages.</li>
|
||||
<li>Grades can be hidden from students if not needed</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Languages</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><strong>Hungarian</strong> and <strong>Greek</strong> have been added,
|
||||
and there are lots of other updates. As usual, the language packs within
|
||||
this release may not be fully completed yet. You can always download
|
||||
the newest language packs from <a href="http://moodle.org/download/lang/">http://moodle.org/download/lang/</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li>Updates and fixes to most languages</li>
|
||||
<li>Languages now have a parent language (for displaying missing strings)</li>
|
||||
<li>Some fixes for locales and time display in several languages</li>
|
||||
<li>es_mx is being phased out in favour of "es" (International
|
||||
Spanish) </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Forum</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Much improved searching, with multiple keywords, paging etc</li>
|
||||
<li>Forum grading can be either off, used by everyone, or used only by teachers</li>
|
||||
<li>Forum grading can use custom scales or numbers</li>
|
||||
<li>A date range can be set to restrict the posts that can be graded.</li>
|
||||
<li>Admin now has access to some settings via Admin -> Modules -> Forums </li>
|
||||
<li>After editing a post, user is returned to post in context</li>
|
||||
<li>Attached images are displayed inline</li>
|
||||
<li>Email copies in plain text format now print URLs nicely</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Quiz</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>New question type: Embedded Answers (Cloze) - allows text passages
|
||||
with embedded answers</li>
|
||||
<li>New question type: Numerical - allows a range of numerical answers
|
||||
to be entered</li>
|
||||
<li>New question type: Description - not a real question, it allows text/graphics
|
||||
to be inserted anywhere</li>
|
||||
<li>Expanded quiz reporting with modular report plugins</li>
|
||||
<li>New feature for repeat attempts, where each attempt builds on the
|
||||
last </li>
|
||||
<li>If the quiz is closing within the next 24 hours, a small countdown
|
||||
clock is shown in the title bar and alerts warn at ten minutes and zero
|
||||
minutes.</li>
|
||||
<li>Some refactoring to the quiz code to make it easier to extend with
|
||||
new question types</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Resources</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Web links can now be in very customisable pop-up windows.</li>
|
||||
<li>Admin now has access to some settings via Admin -> Modules ->
|
||||
Resources</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>Some of the more annoying bugs recently fixed</dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Moving posts now also moves attachments</li>
|
||||
<li>No more warnings when looking for uploaded files in an empty course</li>
|
||||
<li>Students no longer always get plain-format mail on force-subscribed
|
||||
forums</li>
|
||||
<li>Cookies can no longer interfere with the admin setup during installation</li>
|
||||
<li>Effectively no limit to the number of activities per section</li>
|
||||
<li>Several fixes when dealing with zip files, especially on Windows</li>
|
||||
<li>Admins can now edit accounts created from external databases</li>
|
||||
<li>Session no longer conflicts with other software</li>
|
||||
<li>Excel files now work on non-Intel machines</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt> </dt>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<dd> </dd>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3> New in Moodle 1.0.9 (29th May, 2003) :</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt> General</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>Various optimisations and significant performance enhancements</li>
|
||||
<li>Several obscure security fixes</li>
|
||||
<li>Moodle is now well-behaved when enclosed within a frame</li>
|
||||
<li>Richtext editor can now be used in more text-editing fields</li>
|
||||
<li>New format "Plain text format", useful when posting code or HTML.</li>
|
||||
<li>New format "Wiki format", allows Wiki-style tagging in most places</li>
|
||||
<li>New popup allows emoticons/smilies to be inserted by clicking on images</li>
|
||||
<li>Ability to specify permissions of new folders and files created on the server</li>
|
||||
<li>Some fixes for servers running in Safe Mode (some file problems remain)</li>
|
||||
<li>Various fixes for cleaning some external text of quotes, etc</li>
|
||||
<li>Various fixes for PostgreSQL 7.3 compatibility</li>
|
||||
<li>Started migration of HTML code towards XHTML Transitional</li>
|
||||
<li>Countless other little fixes all over the place</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Languages</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li><b>10</b> new language packs! Argentinian Spanish, Czech, Portuguese, Slovakian, Romanian, Danish, Russian, Polish, Chinese Traditional and French Canadian.</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixes and upgrades to almost all language packs</li>
|
||||
<li>Language can be specified for the current session (see menu on home page and login page) and can be changed on any page by something to the url, eg: http://moodle.org/?lang=ru </li>
|
||||
<li>Language menu can be restricted to a subset of languages and even removed.
|
||||
<li>Truetype fonts are now part of the language packs</li>
|
||||
<li>ALL dates/times can now be reformatted as part of the language pack</li>
|
||||
<li>A small but annoying bug was fixed with the web-based language editor on Windows servers that caused language files to grow</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Developers</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>Global debug variable gives more feedback about uninitialised variables and the like</li>
|
||||
<li>Various fixes to tidy up and further standardise some of the PHP code</li>
|
||||
<li>Various fixes for robustness (ensuring variables are always initialised)</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Admin</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li><font color=red>Some changed options and code in config-dist.php (if upgrading, compare with your current config.php or rebuild your config.php from scratch)</font></li>
|
||||
<li><font color=red>Many changes to themes - authors of custom themes should read <a href="http://moodle.org/theme/UPGRADE.txt">theme/UPGRADE.txt</a> </font></li>
|
||||
<li>New moodle.org registration function for security notifications etc</li>
|
||||
<li>Admin directory can be moved from /admin to something else (see config-dist.php)</li>
|
||||
<li>User listing is now paged, and can now be searched for strings</li>
|
||||
<li>Module management: activity modules can now be individually disabled or deleted completely</li>
|
||||
<li>Improvements to the language editing page</li>
|
||||
<li>Better checking of PHP environment during installation, with warnings</li>
|
||||
<li>Cleaner installation procedure.</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> User management</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>New role: Course creator - just like teacher but can also create new courses</li>
|
||||
<li>New authentication plug-in named "manual", prevents users from creating their own accounts</li>
|
||||
<li>"Forgot Password" routine now uses an email confirmation before resetting password</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Courses</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>Activities on the course page now have a little button to hide/show that activity to students</li>
|
||||
<li>Whole topics/weeks can also now be hidden or shown</li>
|
||||
<li>The list of participants now has some paging, to cope with very large classes</li>
|
||||
<li>Zip/Unzip is now supported by an internal zip library, removing
|
||||
the dependence on external programs to do this. This also means that
|
||||
zip/unzip now works on Windows.</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Assignments</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>Assignment submissions can be sorted</li>
|
||||
<li>Assignment notification mail isn't sent to unenrolled students</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Forums</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>Display of forum discussions list is greatly improved</li>
|
||||
<li>Whole discussions can be moved to any other forum with a single click</li>
|
||||
<li>Date/time of posts is now "last modified", not "created"</li>
|
||||
<li>Blank subject-lines or messages are now prevented</li>
|
||||
<li>More intelligent parsing and display of text in posts</li>
|
||||
<li>Force Subscribe now works on the "Site News" forum (mails all active students/teachers)</li>
|
||||
<li>Better handling of mailouts to prevent the possibility of double copies
|
||||
that sometimes happened with very large classes</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Workshop Assignment module (not included: available soon as a separate download)</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>A very interesting new module contributed by Ray Kingdon,</li>
|
||||
<li>A flexible tool that implements a variety of peer-grading and
|
||||
example-setting schemes that involve a whole group in examining
|
||||
and grading pieces of work.</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Quizzes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>New question type, Random Question (selects from all questions in the same category)</li>
|
||||
<li>New question type, Matching Question (student must match answers to questions)</li>
|
||||
<li>New question type, Random Matching Short-Answers (randomly creates Matching Questions
|
||||
from the available Short Answer questions in the same category)</li>
|
||||
<li>Quiz question import from text files (modular design allows expansion to new formats - a beta Blackboard module is included)</li>
|
||||
<li>'Create multiple questions' wizard to quickly create a random quiz</li>
|
||||
<li>Quiz questions may be randomly shuffled</li>
|
||||
<li>Quiz answers (multiple choice, etc) may be randomly shuffled</li>
|
||||
<li>Fixed off-by-one error when "Save Grades" button wasn't used.</li>
|
||||
<li>Regrading works properly if the quiz has been changed</li>
|
||||
<li>Editing a question after it's already been used in a quiz no longer affects quiz results</li>
|
||||
<li>Multiple choice answers are labelled a,b,c not 1,2,3</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Resources</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>Better performance when editing large text or HTML resources</li>
|
||||
<li>Plain images are now display centered within a proper web page (not raw).</li>
|
||||
<li>Wiki format added as a new option for Resource pages</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
<dt> Custom Themes</dt>
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<li>A number of new styles have been added to all built-in themes. Some of these are ESSENTIAL
|
||||
to viewing some of the new features. PLEASE SEE
|
||||
<a href="http://moodle.org/theme/UPGRADE.txt">theme/UPGRADE.txt</a>
|
||||
TO SEE THE CHANGES YOU WILL HAVE TO MAKE TO OLDER THEMES.</li>
|
||||
<li>Custom themes now have the capability to re-define all the little button graphics.
|
||||
There is a new entry in theme/x/config.php ($THEME->custompix) and a new
|
||||
optional subdirectory "pix". See the theme cordoroyblue for an example.</li>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Older releases can be seen in the <a href="http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?f=1">Moodle.org announcement forum</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="../doc/" target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
Executable
+244
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Teachers Manual</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Teacher Manual</h1>
|
||||
<p>This page is a very quick guide to creating online courses with Moodle. It
|
||||
outlines the main functions that are available, as well as some of the main
|
||||
decisions you'll need to make.</p>
|
||||
<p>Sections in this document:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><a href="#started">Getting started</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#settings">Course settings</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#upload">Uploading files</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#activities">Setting up activities</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#course">Running the course</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="#further">Further information</a></li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="started"></a>Getting started</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This document assumes your site administrator has set up Moodle and given
|
||||
you new, blank course to start with. It also assumes you have logged in to
|
||||
your course using your teacher account.</p>
|
||||
<p>Here are three general tips that will help you get started.</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><strong>Don't be afraid to experiment:</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>feel free to poke around and change things. It's hard to break anything
|
||||
in a Moodle course, and even if you do it's usually easy to fix it.
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<li><strong>Notice and use these little icons</strong>:
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p> <img src="../pix/i/edit.gif"> - the <strong>edit icon</strong>
|
||||
lets you edit whatever it is next to.</p>
|
||||
<p><img src="../pix/help.gif" width="22" height="17"> - the <strong>help
|
||||
icon</strong> will provide you with a <a target="helpwindow" href="../help.php?file=index.html">popup help window</a></p>
|
||||
<p> <img src="../pix/i/hide.gif" width="16" height="16"> - the <strong>open-eye
|
||||
icon</strong> will let you hide something from students</p>
|
||||
<p> <img src="../pix/i/show.gif" width="16" height="16"> - the <strong>closed-eye
|
||||
icon</strong> will make a hidden item available</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li><strong>Use the navigation bar at the top of each page</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>this
|
||||
should help remind you where you are and prevent getting lost.
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="settings"></a>Course settings</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The first thing you should do is look under the "Administration"
|
||||
on your course home page and click on "<strong>Settings...</strong>"
|
||||
(Note that this link, and in fact the whole Administration section is only
|
||||
available to you (and the site administrator). Students will not even see
|
||||
these links).</p>
|
||||
<p>On the Settings page you can change a number of settings about your course,
|
||||
ranging from its name to what day it starts. I won't talk here about all these,
|
||||
as they all have a help icon next to them which explains them all in detail.
|
||||
However, I will talk about the most important of these - the <strong>course
|
||||
format</strong>.</p>
|
||||
<p>The course format that you choose will decide the basic layout of your course,
|
||||
like a template. Moodle version 1.0 has three formats - in future there will
|
||||
probably be many more (please send new ideas to <a href="mailto:[email protected]">[email protected]</a>!)</p>
|
||||
<p>Here are some screenshots of three sample courses in each of these three
|
||||
formats (ignore the different colours, which are set for a whole site by the
|
||||
site administrator):</p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><strong>Weekly format:</strong></p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><img src="pix/weekly.jpg" width="570" height="527"></p>
|
||||
<p align="center"> </p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><strong>Topics format:</strong></p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><img src="pix/topics.jpg" width="570" height="463"></p>
|
||||
<p align="center"> </p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><strong>Social format:</strong></p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><img src="pix/social.jpg" width="570" height="429"></p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p>Note that the weekly and topics formats are very similar in structure. The
|
||||
main difference is that each box in the weekly format covers exactly one week,
|
||||
whereas in the topic format each box can cover whatever you like. The social
|
||||
format doesn't use much content at all and is based around just one forum
|
||||
- this is displayed on the main page.</p>
|
||||
<p>See the help buttons on the Course Settings page for more details.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="upload"></a>Uploading files</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>You may have existing content that you want to add to your course, such as
|
||||
web pages, audio files, video files, word documents, or flash animations.
|
||||
Any type of file that exists can be uploaded into your course and stored on
|
||||
the server. While your files are on the server you can move, rename, edit
|
||||
or delete them.</p>
|
||||
<p>All of this is achieved through the <strong>Files</strong> link in your Administration
|
||||
menu. The Files section looks like this:</p>
|
||||
<p align="center"><img src="pix/files.jpg" width="400" height="347"></p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p>This interface is only available to teachers - it is not accessible by students.
|
||||
Individual files are made available to students later on (as "Resources"
|
||||
- see the next section).</p>
|
||||
<p>As you can see in the screenshot, files are listed alongside subdirectories.
|
||||
You can create any number of subdirectories to organise your files and move
|
||||
your files from one to the other.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uploading files via the web is currently restricted to one file at a time.
|
||||
If you want to upload a lot of files at once (for example a whole web site),
|
||||
it can be a lot easier to use a <strong>zip program</strong> to compress them
|
||||
into a single file, upload the zip file and then unzip them again on the server
|
||||
(you will see an "unzip" link next to zip archives).</p>
|
||||
<p>To preview any file you have uploaded just click on its name. Your web browser
|
||||
will take care of either displaying it or downloading it to your computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>HTML and text files can be edited in-place online. Other files will need
|
||||
to be edited on your local computer and uploaded again. if you upload a file
|
||||
with the same name as an existing file it will automatically be overwritten.</p>
|
||||
<p>A final note: if your content resides out on the web then you don't need
|
||||
to upload the files at all - you can link directly to them from inside the
|
||||
course (see the Resources module and the next section).</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="activities"></a>Setting up activities</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Building a course involves adding course activity modules to the main page
|
||||
in the order that students will be using them. You can shuffle the order any
|
||||
time you like.</p>
|
||||
<p>To turn on editing, click "Turn on editing" under Administration.
|
||||
This toggle switch shows or hides the extra controls that allow you to manipulate
|
||||
your main course page. Note in the first screenshot above (of the Weekly format
|
||||
course) that the editing controls are turned on.</p>
|
||||
<p>To add a new activity, simply go to the week or topic or section of the screen
|
||||
where you want to add it, and select the type of activity from the popup menu.
|
||||
Here is a summary of all the standard activities in Moodle 1.0:</p>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt><strong>Assignment</strong></dt>
|
||||
<dd>An assignment is where you set a task with a due date and a maximum grade.
|
||||
Students will be able to upload one file to satisify the requirements. The
|
||||
date they upload their file is recorded. Afterwards, you will have a single
|
||||
page on which you can view each file (and how late or early it is), and then
|
||||
record a grade and a comment. Half an hour after you grade any particular
|
||||
student, Moodle will automatically email that student a notification. </dd>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<dt><strong>Choice</strong></dt>
|
||||
<dd>A choice activity is very simple - you ask a question and specify a choice
|
||||
of responses. Students can make their choice, and you have a report screen
|
||||
where you can see the results. I use it to gather research consent from
|
||||
my students, but you could use it for quick polls or class votes.</dd>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<dt><strong>Forum</strong></dt>
|
||||
<dd>This module is by far the most important - it is here that discussion
|
||||
takes place. When you add a new forum, yu will presented with a choice of
|
||||
different types - a simple single-topic discussion, a free-for-all general
|
||||
forum, or a one-discussion-thread-per-user.</dd>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<dt><strong>Journal</strong></dt>
|
||||
<dd>Each journal activity is an entry in the whole course journal. For each
|
||||
one you can specify an open-ended question that guides what students write,
|
||||
as well as a window of time in which the journal is open (weekly course
|
||||
format only). A general rule of thumb is to create one journal per week.
|
||||
Encourage students to write reflectively and critically in these journals,
|
||||
as they are only available to them and you. Afterwards, you will be able
|
||||
to grade and comment all the entries for that week or topic, and students
|
||||
will receive an automatic email informing them of your feedback. Journals
|
||||
are not designed to be continually added to - if you need to do that then
|
||||
add more journal activities.</dd>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<dt><strong>Resource</strong></dt>
|
||||
<dd>Resources are the content of your course. Each resource can be any file
|
||||
you have uploaded or can point to using a URL. You can also maintain simple
|
||||
text-based pages by typing them directly into a form.</dd>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<dt><strong>Quiz</strong></dt>
|
||||
<dd>This module allows you to design and set quiz tests, consisting of multiple
|
||||
choice, true-false, and short answer questions. These questions are kept
|
||||
in a categorised database, and can be re-used within courses and even between
|
||||
courses. Quizzes can allow multiple attempts. Each attempt is automatically
|
||||
marked, and the teacher can choose whether to give feedback or to show correct
|
||||
answers. This module includes grading facilities. </dd>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<dt><strong>Survey</strong></dt>
|
||||
<dd>The survey module provides a number of predefined survey instruments that
|
||||
are useful in evaluating and understanding your class. Currently they include
|
||||
the COLLES and the ATTLS instruments. They can be given to students early
|
||||
in the course as a diagnostic tool and at the end of the course as an evaluation
|
||||
tool (I use one every week in my courses).</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<p>After adding your activities you can move them up and down in your course
|
||||
layout by clicking on the little arrow icons (<img src="../pix/t/up.gif" width="9" height="10">
|
||||
<img src="../pix/t/down.gif" width="9" height="10">) next to each one. You
|
||||
can also delete them using the cross icon <img src="../pix/t/delete.gif" width="10" height="10">,
|
||||
and re-edit them using the edit icon <img src="../pix/t/edit.gif" width="10" height="11">.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="course"></a>Running the course</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>There are some big plans to extend this document into a more comprehensive
|
||||
tutorial. Until then here are a few ideas:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Subscribe yourself to all the forums so you keep in touch with your class
|
||||
activity. </li>
|
||||
<li>Encourage all the students fill out their user profile (including photos)
|
||||
and read them all - this will help provide some context to their later writings
|
||||
and help you to respond in ways that are tailored to their own needs.</li>
|
||||
<li>Keep notes to yourself in the private "<strong>Teacher's Forum</strong>"
|
||||
(under Administration). This is especially useful when team teaching.</li>
|
||||
<li>Use the "<strong>Logs</strong>" link (under Administration)
|
||||
to get access to complete, raw logs. In there you'll see a link to a popup
|
||||
window that updates every sixty seconds and shows the last hour of activity.
|
||||
This is useful to keep open on your desktop all day so you can feel in touch
|
||||
with what's going on in the course.</li>
|
||||
<li>Use the "<strong>Activity Reports</strong>" (next to each name
|
||||
in the list of all people, or from any user profile page). These provide
|
||||
a great way to see what any particular person has been up to in the course.</li>
|
||||
<li>Respond quickly to students. Don't leave it for later - do it right away.
|
||||
Not only is it easy to become overwhelmed with the volume that can be generated,
|
||||
but it's a crucial part of building and maintaining a community feel in
|
||||
your course.</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading"><a name="further"></a>Further information</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>If you have any particular problems with your site, you should contact your
|
||||
local site administrator.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you have some great ideas for improvements to Moodle, or even some good
|
||||
stories, come over to <a href="http://moodle.org/" target="_top">moodle.org</a>
|
||||
and join us in the course called "<a href="http://moodle.org/course/view.php?id=5" target=_top >Using
|
||||
Moodle</a>". We'd love to hear from you, and you can help Moodle improve.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you want to contribute to coding new modules, or writing documentation,
|
||||
or papers, contact me: <a href="http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=1&course=1" target="_top">Martin
|
||||
Dougiamas</a> or browse the "bug tracker" site for Moodle, at <a href="http://moodle.org/bugs/" target="_top">moodle.org/bugs</a></p>
|
||||
<p>Finally, remember to use the help icons - here is an <a target="helpwindow" href="../help.php?file=index.html">index of all the help files in Moodle</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p align="center">Thanks for using Moodle - and good luck with your teaching!</p>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id: teacher.html,v 1.4 2002/08/18 10:00:01
|
||||
martin Exp $</font></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
Executable
+217
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<html><head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle translation guide</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);">
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Moodle Translation Guide</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Translating Moodle is not that difficult, but a few things are good to know before you start.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>Structure of a Moodle language pack</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">All Moodle language packs are located in
|
||||
the lang directory, with each language in a unique directory named the
|
||||
same as the language short name (en, fr, nl, es ...). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">All the main files are in this
|
||||
folder, with .php extensions (eg moodle.php, resource.php etc).
|
||||
These files contains short phrases, often called "<span style="font-style: italic;">strings</span>".
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">There might also be some folders containing .html web pages:
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<ul style="margin-left: 40px;">
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<li><strong>help</strong>: containing the context-sensitive help files that pop-up when you click the help icons throughout Moodle
|
||||
</li><li><strong>docs</strong>: containing the basic documentation pages (such as this one!)<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>Creating a completely new language pack</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">If your language is not yet supported by
|
||||
Moodle, or if you just want to make some customisations to your own
|
||||
site's interface, you may want to start a new translation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">All you need to do is create a new folder
|
||||
in the lang directory using the 2-letter code for your language. You
|
||||
can find these standard codes in lib/languages.php. If you are making a
|
||||
local variation of another language use the code of that language with
|
||||
an underscore and a meaningful two letter extension (e.g. <span style="font-style: italic;">pt </span>for Portuguese and <span style="font-style: italic;">pt_br</span> for Brasilian variation of the Portuguese language pack). If you are making a Unicode version add <span style="font-weight: bold;">_utf8</span> at the end (eg <span style="font-style: italic;">sr_utf8</span>).<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">Next, copy the moodle.php from another
|
||||
language into your new directory. The one from the "en" folder is
|
||||
usually best but it doesn't really matter as you are going to rewrite
|
||||
it anyway.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">You are now ready to start inserting new strings by editing your language... see below for details on this.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">For a new language pack, the very first
|
||||
thing you need to edit is the string named "thischarset" in moodle.php.
|
||||
It must contain a valid web character set for your language. After you
|
||||
change that string, save the moodle.php file, then <span style="font-weight: bold;">reload the page</span>. You can then continue with the rest of the strings. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>Editing an existing language pack</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3 style="margin-left: 40px;">Making small customisations<br>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 80px;">If you just want to change a few things in the interface to suit your own site better, <span style="font-weight: bold;">don't start editing one of the standard language packs</span>. If you do then your changes will be overwritten next time you upgrade to a new Moodle.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 80px;">Instead, use the instructions above for
|
||||
making a brand new language pack, and set the parent language (in
|
||||
moodle.php) to be the language that is most similar to yours. For
|
||||
example, a good name for a local english version would be "<span style="font-style: italic;">en_local</span>", and the parent language would be "<span style="font-style: italic;">en</span>" or "<span style="font-style: italic;">en_us</span>".</p>
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 80px;">Note that for everyone on your site to
|
||||
see this new pack you have to select it as the site language and
|
||||
restrict the available languages on <span style="font-weight: bold;">Admin >> Configuration >> Variables</span>.<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3 style="margin-left: 40px;">Translating the Moodle interface language files (the "string" files)<br>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Log on to your Moodle server as an administrator. </li>
|
||||
<li>Go to <span style="font-weight: bold;">Administration >> Configuration >> Language</span>, which is the language administration page. </li>
|
||||
<li>On this page you can choose your language from the menu, then choose "Compare and Edit Language".</li>
|
||||
<li>You should see forms you can edit for each file. If you do not,
|
||||
then you may have to make sure that the files are writeable - you may
|
||||
have to change file permissions.</li>
|
||||
<li>The forms consist of three columns, the first is the name of
|
||||
each string, the second is that string in English, and the last is
|
||||
translation in the current language. </li>
|
||||
<li>Edit missing strings in each files (highlighted in colour),
|
||||
remembering to hit the "Save changes" button at the end of each form.</li>
|
||||
<li>It's OK to leave strings empty - Moodle will simply use the
|
||||
parent language for that string instead. You can define the parent
|
||||
language in moodle.php, otherwise English is always used by default. </li>
|
||||
<li>A quick way to see all the missing strings is by using the button to "Check for missing strings".<br>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3 style="margin-left: 40px;">Translating the help and documentation files</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 80px;">There's no built-in editor in Moodle yet to translate
|
||||
the help files, but it's really not that difficult. It is important to
|
||||
use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">en</span> language pack as a reference language. Copy a help file from
|
||||
the en language pack and paste it on the same location in your own
|
||||
language pack. Then use a plain text editor to translate the file,
|
||||
making sure not to modify any code in the file (there usually is no
|
||||
code, just HTML-tags). (DON'T USE A WORDPROCESSOR to write the
|
||||
help-files because these programs add too much rubbish to the files).</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 80px;">Clicking on "Check for missing strings"
|
||||
in the language administration screen will also show you what files you
|
||||
are missing. If you have missing files then Moodle will use the parent
|
||||
language instead, so there is no need to leave copies of <strong>untranslated</strong> help files in your language pack.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>Submitting your language pack to the Moodle project </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">Sharing your translation with Moodle will
|
||||
ensure that you help other people who speak your language.
|
||||
Your interface language will be available in future versions of Moodle.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">Simply archive your whole new language directory as a <span style="font-weight: bold;">zip</span> file and email it to <a href="mailto:tra%6es%6ca%74%69o%6e%40%6d%6f%6f%64%6c%65.org">translation@moodle.org</a>.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">We will get back to you with further details.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>Maintenance of a standard language pack<br>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">If you are committed to maintaining a language in Moodle, it's best to use <a href="?file=cvs.html">Moodle CVS</a> so that you have an up-to-date version of Moodle, and can easily "check in" your changes directly into the Moodle project. Contact <a href="mailto:tra%6es%6ca%74%69o%6e%40%6d%6f%6f%64%6c%65.org">translation@moodle.org</a> if you need help setting this up.<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">You must also subscribe to the <a target="_top" href="http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=43">Languages Forum</a> for news and discussion about issues that affect translations.<br \>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;">Finally, to keep in touch with changes in the project on a day-to-day basis it is a very good idea to subscribe to the <a href="http://sourceforge.net/mail/?group_id=30935" target="_top">CVS mailing list</a>. This helps to keep your
|
||||
translation as close to the English text as possible.<br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p style="margin-left: 40px;"><br>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
|
||||
</body></html>
|
||||
Executable
+114
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Moodle Docs: Upgrading</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="docstyles.css" type="TEXT/CSS">
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<h1>Upgrading Moodle</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Moodle is designed to upgrade cleanly from any earlier version to any later
|
||||
version. </p>
|
||||
<p>When upgrading a Moodle installation you should follow these steps:</p>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading">1. Backup important data</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Although it is not strictly necessary, it is always a good idea to make a
|
||||
backup of any production system before a major upgrade, just in case you need
|
||||
to revert back to the older version for some reason. In fact, it's a good
|
||||
idea to automate your server to backup your Moodle installation daily, so
|
||||
that you can skip this step.</p>
|
||||
<p>There are three areas that need backing up:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>1. The Moodle software directory itself</strong></p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Make a separate copy of these files before the upgrade, so that you can
|
||||
retrieve your config.php and any modules you have added like themes, languages
|
||||
etc<strong><br>
|
||||
</strong></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>2. Your data directory.</strong></p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>This is where uploaded content resides (such as course resources and
|
||||
student assignments) so it is very important to have a backup of these
|
||||
files anyway. Sometimes upgrades may move or rename directories within
|
||||
your data directory.<strong><br>
|
||||
</strong></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>3. Your database</strong></p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Most Moodle upgrades will alter the database tables, adding or changing
|
||||
fields. Each database has different ways to backup. One way of backing
|
||||
up a MySQL database is to 'dump' it to a single SQL file. The following
|
||||
example shows Unix commands to dump the database called "moodle":</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><font face="Courier New, Courier, mono">mysqldump moodle > moodle-backup-2002-10-26.sql</font></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>You can also use the "Export" feature in Moodle's optional
|
||||
"Database" web interface to do the same thing on all platforms.</p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading">2. Install the new Moodle software</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>Using a downloaded archive</strong></p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Do not overwrite an old installation unless you know what you are doing
|
||||
... sometimes old files can cause problems in new installations. The best
|
||||
way it to rename the current Moodle directory to something else, then unpack
|
||||
the new Moodle archive into the old location.</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><font face="Courier New, Courier, mono">mv moodle moodle.backup<br>
|
||||
tar xvzf moodle-1.1.tgz</font></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Next, copy across your config.php and any other plugins such as custom
|
||||
themes:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><font face="Courier New, Courier, mono">cp moodle.backup/config.php moodle<br>
|
||||
cp -pr moodle.backup/theme/mytheme moodle/theme/mytheme</font></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p><strong>Using CVS</strong></p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>If you are using CVS, just go into the Moodle root directory and update
|
||||
to the new files:</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><font face="Courier New, Courier, mono">cvs update -dP</font></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>Make sure you use the "d" parameter to create new directories
|
||||
if necessary, and the "P" parameter to prune empty directories.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you have been editing Moodle files, watch the messages very closely
|
||||
for possible conflicts. All your customised themes and non-standard plugins
|
||||
will be untouched.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<h3 class="sectionheading">3. Finishing the upgrade</h3>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>The last step is to trigger the upgrade processes within Moodle.</p>
|
||||
<p>To do this just visit <a target=_top href="../admin/index.php">the admin page of your
|
||||
installation</a>.</p>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p><font face="Courier New, Courier, mono">http://example.com/moodle/admin</font></p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p>It doesn't matter if you are logged in as admin or not.</p>
|
||||
<p> Moodle will automatically detect the new version and perform all the database
|
||||
or filesystem upgrades that are necessary. If there is anything it can't do
|
||||
itself (very rare) then you will see messages telling you what you need to
|
||||
do. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p> Assuming all goes well (no error messages) then you can start using your new
|
||||
version of Moodle and enjoy the new features!</p>
|
||||
<p>If you have trouble with the upgrade, visit <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/">moodle.org</a>
|
||||
and post on the <a target=_top href="http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=28">Installation
|
||||
Support Forum</a> in the Using Moodle course.</p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1"><a href="." target="_top">Moodle Documentation</a></font></p>
|
||||
<p align="CENTER"><font size="1">Version: $Id$</font></p>
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Executable
+110
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// editor.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['about'] = 'Mō tēneki ētita';
|
||||
$string['absbottom'] = 'Absbottom';
|
||||
$string['absmiddle'] = 'Absmiddle';
|
||||
$string['address'] = 'Kāinga';
|
||||
$string['alignment'] = 'Tīaroaro';
|
||||
$string['alternatetext'] = 'Kupu Tuhi Rerekē';
|
||||
$string['anchorhelp'] = 'He punga anahe tēneki. Waihanga tonu he hononga a-ringa.';
|
||||
$string['anchorname'] = 'Ingoa Punga';
|
||||
$string['anchors'] = 'Ngā Punga';
|
||||
$string['baseline'] = 'Baseline';
|
||||
$string['bold'] = 'Whakamana';
|
||||
$string['borderthickness'] = 'Mātotoru o te Pae';
|
||||
$string['bottom'] = 'Raro';
|
||||
$string['browse'] = 'Rapua';
|
||||
$string['cancel'] = 'Whakakore';
|
||||
$string['cellpadding'] = 'Cellpadding';
|
||||
$string['cellspacing'] = 'Cellspacing';
|
||||
$string['choosechar'] = 'Tīpako he Pū';
|
||||
$string['chooseicon'] = 'Tīpako he Whakaatu Ata kia purua';
|
||||
$string['close'] = 'Katia te Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['cols'] = 'Ngā Tīwae';
|
||||
$string['copy'] = 'Tāruarua te Kōwhiringa';
|
||||
$string['createanchor'] = 'Hangaia he Punga';
|
||||
$string['createfolder'] = 'Hangaia he Kōnae';
|
||||
$string['createlink'] = 'Purua he Hononga Pae';
|
||||
$string['cut'] = 'Tapahi ngā Kōwhiringa';
|
||||
$string['delete'] = 'Whakakore';
|
||||
$string['filebrowser'] = 'Rapunga Kōnae';
|
||||
$string['forecolor'] = 'Tae Pū';
|
||||
$string['fullscreen'] = 'Fullscreen editor';
|
||||
$string['heading'] = 'Whakaūpoko';
|
||||
$string['height'] = 'Tōroa';
|
||||
$string['hilitecolor'] = 'Tae Whakamuri';
|
||||
$string['horizontal'] = 'Pae';
|
||||
$string['horizontalrule'] = 'Ture Pae';
|
||||
$string['htmlmode'] = 'Toggle HTML Source';
|
||||
$string['imageurl'] = 'Pikitia URL';
|
||||
$string['indent'] = 'Whakanui te Neketanga';
|
||||
$string['insertchar'] = 'Purua he Pū Motuhake';
|
||||
$string['insertimage'] = 'Purua he Pikitia';
|
||||
$string['insertlink'] = 'Purua he Hononga';
|
||||
$string['insertsmile'] = 'Purua he Whakaatu Ata';
|
||||
$string['inserttable'] = 'Purua he tēpu rārangi';
|
||||
$string['italic'] = 'Tītaha';
|
||||
$string['justifycenter'] = 'Whakatautika, Pokapū';
|
||||
$string['justifyfull'] = 'Whakatautika Katoa';
|
||||
$string['justifyleft'] = 'Whakatautika Mauī';
|
||||
$string['justifyright'] = 'Whakatautika Matau';
|
||||
$string['layout'] = 'Whakatakotoranga';
|
||||
$string['left'] = 'Mauī';
|
||||
$string['lefttoright'] = 'Mai te taha mauī ki te taha matau';
|
||||
$string['linkproperties'] = 'Ngā Āhuatanga o te Hononga';
|
||||
$string['linktarget'] = 'Pironga';
|
||||
$string['linktargetblank'] = 'Wini Hou';
|
||||
$string['linktargetnone'] = 'Hore Kau';
|
||||
$string['linktargetother'] = 'Tērā Atu (E Pakaru)';
|
||||
$string['linktargetself'] = 'Kōpari Taurite';
|
||||
$string['linktargettop'] = 'Wini Taurite';
|
||||
$string['linktitle'] = 'Taitara';
|
||||
$string['linkurl'] = 'URL';
|
||||
$string['middle'] = 'Waenga';
|
||||
$string['minimize'] = 'Ētita Whakaiti';
|
||||
$string['move'] = 'Nekehia';
|
||||
$string['normal'] = 'Āhua Tonu';
|
||||
$string['notimage'] = 'Selected file is not an image. Please select an image!';
|
||||
$string['notset'] = 'Kāore i Tātai';
|
||||
$string['ok'] = 'Ae';
|
||||
$string['orderedlist'] = 'Rārangi Whakaraupapa';
|
||||
$string['outdent'] = 'Whakaiti te Neketanga';
|
||||
$string['paste'] = 'Paste from clipboard';
|
||||
$string['path'] = 'Ara';
|
||||
$string['percent'] = 'Ōrau';
|
||||
$string['pixels'] = 'Ngā Ira';
|
||||
$string['popupeditor'] = 'Ētita Whakanui';
|
||||
$string['preformatted'] = 'Preformatted';
|
||||
$string['preview'] = 'Whakaatu';
|
||||
$string['properties'] = 'Ngā Āhuatanga';
|
||||
$string['redo'] = 'Mahia Anō';
|
||||
$string['removelink'] = 'Tangohia te Hononga';
|
||||
$string['rename'] = 'Whakaingoa anō';
|
||||
$string['right'] = 'Matau';
|
||||
$string['righttoleft'] = 'Mai te taha matau ki te taha mauī';
|
||||
$string['rows'] = 'Ngā Rārangi';
|
||||
$string['selectcolor'] = 'Tīpako he tae';
|
||||
$string['selection'] = 'Ngā Tīpakohanga';
|
||||
$string['showhelp'] = 'Help using editor';
|
||||
$string['size'] = 'Te Rahi';
|
||||
$string['spacing'] = 'Ngā Whakawehe';
|
||||
$string['strikethrough'] = 'Tāroto';
|
||||
$string['subscript'] = 'Pū Hauraro';
|
||||
$string['superscript'] = 'Pū Haurunga';
|
||||
$string['textindicator'] = 'Tāera Ināianei';
|
||||
$string['textmode'] = 'You are in TEXT MODE. Use the [<>] button to go back to WYSIWYG MODE.';
|
||||
$string['texttop'] = 'Texttop';
|
||||
$string['top'] = 'Runga';
|
||||
$string['type'] = 'Momo Āhua';
|
||||
$string['underline'] = 'Rūritia';
|
||||
$string['undo'] = 'Whakamatara āu mahi i mua rā';
|
||||
$string['unorderedlist'] = 'Rārangi Matā';
|
||||
$string['upload'] = 'Tuku atu';
|
||||
$string['vertical'] = 'Tūmāhoehoe';
|
||||
$string['width'] = 'Whānui';
|
||||
$string['wordclean'] = 'Clean Word HTML';
|
||||
$string['zip'] = 'Kōtui';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// emailprotect.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['filtername'] = 'Whakaruruhau Imēra';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+18
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// enrol_database.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['dbhost'] = 'Database server hostname ';
|
||||
$string['dbname'] = 'The specific database to use';
|
||||
$string['dbpass'] = 'Kupu Whakauru ki te Rorohiko Matua';
|
||||
$string['dbtable'] = 'Rārangi i te Puna Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['dbtype'] = 'Momo Tūmau Puna Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['dbuser'] = 'Ingoa Rorohiko ki te Rorohiko Matua';
|
||||
$string['description'] = 'You can use a external database (of nearly any kind) to control your enrolments. It is assumed your external database contains a field containing a course ID, and a field containing a user ID. These are compared against fields that you choose in the local course and user tables.';
|
||||
$string['enrolname'] = 'Puna Kōrero a Waho';
|
||||
$string['localcoursefield'] = 'The name of the field in the course table that we are using to match entries in the remote database (eg idnumber)';
|
||||
$string['localuserfield'] = 'The name of the field in the local user table that we use to match the user to a remote record (eg idnumber)';
|
||||
$string['remotecoursefield'] = 'The field in the remote database we expect to find the course ID in';
|
||||
$string['remoteuserfield'] = 'The field in the remote database we expect to find the user ID in';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+21
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// enrol_flatfile.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['description'] = 'This method will repeatedly check for and process a specially-formatted text file in the location that you specify. The file can look something like this:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
add, student, 5, CF101
|
||||
add, teacher, 6, CF101
|
||||
add, teacheredit, 7, CF101
|
||||
del, student, 8, CF101
|
||||
del, student, 17, CF101
|
||||
add, student, 21, CF101, 1091115000, 1091215000
|
||||
</pre>';
|
||||
$string['enrolname'] = 'Flat file';
|
||||
$string['filelockedmail'] = 'The text file you are using for file-based enrolments ($a) can not be deleted by the cron process. This usually means the permissions are wrong on it. Please fix the permissions so that Moodle can delete the file, otherwise it might be processed repeatedly.';
|
||||
$string['filelockedmailsubject'] = 'Hē Nui: Kōnae Puka Whakauru';
|
||||
$string['location'] = 'Tauwāhi o te Kōnae';
|
||||
$string['mailadmin'] = 'Whakamōhio atu ki te Kaiwhakahaere mā te imēra';
|
||||
$string['mailusers'] = 'Whakamōhio atu ki ngā Kaiwhakauru mā te imēra';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+14
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// enrol_internal.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['description'] = 'This is the default form of enrolment. There are two main ways a student can be enrolled in a particular course.
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>A teacher or admin can enrol them manually using the link in the Course Administration menu
|
||||
within the course.</li>
|
||||
<li>A course can have a password defined, known as an \"enrolment key\". Anyone who knows this key is
|
||||
able to add themselves to a course.</li>
|
||||
</ul>';
|
||||
$string['enrolname'] = 'Puka Whakauru o Roto';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+10
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
|
||||
$string['enrolname'] = 'Paypal';
|
||||
$string['description'] = 'The Paypal module allows you to set up paid courses. If the cost for any course is zero, then students are not asked to pay for entry. There is a site-wide cost that you set here as a default for the whole site and then a course setting that you can set for each course individually. The course cost overrides the site cost.';
|
||||
$string['business'] = 'The email address of your business Paypal account';
|
||||
$string['sendpaymentbutton'] = 'Send payment via Paypal';
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+21
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// error.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['coursegroupunknown'] = 'Course corresponding to group $a not specified';
|
||||
$string['erroronline'] = 'Hē i te rārangi $a';
|
||||
$string['fieldrequired'] = '\"$a\" is a required field';
|
||||
$string['filenotfound'] = 'Sorry, the requested file could not be found';
|
||||
$string['groupalready'] = 'User already belongs to group $a';
|
||||
$string['groupunknown'] = 'Group $a not associated to specified course';
|
||||
$string['invalidfieldname'] = '\"$a\" he ingoa koremana';
|
||||
$string['missingfield'] = ' \"$a\" Whīra e Ngaro ana';
|
||||
$string['modulerequirementsnotmet'] = 'Module \"$a->modulename\" ($a->moduleversion) could not be installed. It requires a newer version of Moodle (currently you are using $a->currentmoodle, you need $a->requiremoodle).';
|
||||
$string['notavailable'] = 'Kāore e wātea ana';
|
||||
$string['restricteduser'] = 'Sorry, but your current account \"$a\" is restricted from doing that.';
|
||||
$string['unknowncourse'] = 'Kāore i te wānanga mōhio te wānanga \"$a\"';
|
||||
$string['usernotaddederror'] = 'Kīhai te kaiwhakauru \"$a\" i tāpirihia - he momo hapa';
|
||||
$string['usernotaddedregistered'] = 'Kīhai te kaiwhakauru \"$a\" i tāpirihia - i rēhita kē';
|
||||
$string['usernotavailable'] = 'Kāore e taea te whakaatu ngā mokamoka o te kaiwhakauru ki a koe';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+190
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// exercise.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['absent'] = 'Matangaro';
|
||||
$string['accumulative'] = 'Whakahiato';
|
||||
$string['action'] = 'Mahia';
|
||||
$string['ago'] = '$a i mua rā';
|
||||
$string['amend'] = 'Whakatika';
|
||||
$string['amendassessmentelements'] = 'Whakatika ngā Huanga Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['amendtitle'] = 'Whakatika Taitara';
|
||||
$string['analysis'] = 'Tātaritanga';
|
||||
$string['assess'] = 'Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['assessed'] = 'I Aromatawaia';
|
||||
$string['assessment'] = 'He Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['assessmentby'] = 'Aromatawai nā $a';
|
||||
$string['assessmentform'] = 'Puka Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['assessmentmadebythe'] = 'Aromatawai nā $a';
|
||||
$string['assessmentofthissubmission'] = 'Aromatawai o tēnei tukunga';
|
||||
$string['assessments'] = 'Ngā Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['atthisstageyou'] = 'At this stage you have completed an assessment.<br />You may want to revise your work in the light of that assessment.<br /> If you do that please remember to also revise your assessment.<br /> You can do this by clicking on the Re-assess link given below.';
|
||||
$string['awaitingassessmentbythe'] = 'Ka tatari mō te Aromatawai nā $a';
|
||||
$string['clearlateflag'] = 'Whakawātea te Haki Tōmuri';
|
||||
$string['comment'] = 'Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['comparisonofassessments'] = 'Ngā Aromatawai Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['confirmdeletionofthisitem'] = 'Whakatūturu te whakakore o tēnei $a';
|
||||
$string['correct'] = 'Whakatika';
|
||||
$string['count'] = 'Tau Tatau';
|
||||
$string['criterion'] = 'Ngā Paearu';
|
||||
$string['deadline'] = 'Rā Aukati';
|
||||
$string['deadlineis'] = 'Rā Aukati: $a';
|
||||
$string['delete'] = 'Whakakore';
|
||||
$string['deletesubmissionwarning'] = 'Warning: there $a assessments associated with this submission.<br />
|
||||
It is strongly suggested that this submission is NOT deleted.';
|
||||
$string['deleting'] = 'Whakakorenga';
|
||||
$string['description'] = 'Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['descriptionofexercise'] = 'In an Exercise Assignment the description of the exercise or task to be done by the $a is put into a Word document or HTML file. This file is uploaded into the exercise before the assignment is opened up to the $a. It is also possible to create a set of variants on the same exercise or task, again as Word documents or HTML files, and upload these into the exercise before it is opened up to the $a.';
|
||||
$string['detailsofassessment'] = 'Ngā Whakaaturanga Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['displayoffinalgrades'] = 'Whakaaturanga of ngā Māka Whakamutunga';
|
||||
$string['doubleupload'] = 'Warning: this submission has probably been sent twice. Go to the Administration page, check for two submissions from this user within a short time period. Delete one of these submissions before proceeding.';
|
||||
$string['duedate'] = 'Rā Aukati';
|
||||
$string['edit'] = 'Whakatika $a';
|
||||
$string['editingassessmentelements'] = 'Whakatikahia ngā Wāhanga Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['element'] = 'Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['elementweight'] = 'Taumaha Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['enterpassword'] = 'Kupu Whakauru';
|
||||
$string['entriessaved'] = 'Kua tiakina ngā Urunga';
|
||||
$string['errorbanded'] = 'Taura Hapa';
|
||||
$string['excellent'] = 'Rawe';
|
||||
$string['exerciseassessments'] = 'Ngā Aromatawai Mahinga';
|
||||
$string['exercisefeedback'] = 'Urupare Mahinga';
|
||||
$string['exercisesubmissions'] = 'Ngā Tukunga Mahinga';
|
||||
$string['fair'] = 'Tika';
|
||||
$string['generalcomment'] = 'Kōrero Tukipū';
|
||||
$string['good'] = 'Pai';
|
||||
$string['gradeassessment'] = 'Aromatawai Māka';
|
||||
$string['gradeforassessment'] = 'Māka mō te Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['gradeforstudentsassessment'] = 'Māka mō te $a Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['gradeforsubmission'] = 'Māka mō te Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['gradetable'] = 'Tēpu Māka';
|
||||
$string['gradinggrade'] = 'Te Whakaraupapa Māka';
|
||||
$string['gradingstrategy'] = 'Rautaki Māka';
|
||||
$string['handlingofmultiplesubmissions'] = 'Te Whakataki o ngā Tukunga Maha';
|
||||
$string['hidenamesfromstudents'] = 'Huna ngā Ingoa ki ngā Tauira';
|
||||
$string['incorrect'] = 'E hē ana';
|
||||
$string['late'] = 'Tūreiti';
|
||||
$string['lax'] = 'Pōrahu';
|
||||
$string['leaguetable'] = 'Tēpu Ripanga o ngā Mahi Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['mail1'] = 'Nā \'$a\' te aromatawai o tāu mahi';
|
||||
$string['mail2'] = 'I roto i te Mahi Aromatawai \'$a\' ngā Kōrero me te Māka.';
|
||||
$string['mail3'] = 'Tirohia tāu Mahi Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['mail6'] = 'Kua Āta Tītirohia e tau aromatawai o te Taumahi \'$a\' ';
|
||||
$string['mail7'] = 'Ko ngā Kōrero nā te $a e kite ana i roto i te Mahi Taumahi';
|
||||
$string['managingassignment'] = 'Ngāwari o te Mahi';
|
||||
$string['maximum'] = 'Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['maximumgradeforstudentassessments'] = 'Māka Mutunga Rawa mō ngā Aromatawai o te Tauira: $a';
|
||||
$string['maximumgradeforsubmissions'] = 'Māka Mutunga Rawa mō te Tukunga: $a';
|
||||
$string['maximumsize'] = 'Rahi Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['mean'] = 'Wawaenga';
|
||||
$string['minimum'] = 'Iti Rawa';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Ngohe';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Ngohe';
|
||||
$string['movingtophase'] = 'Neke ki te Wāhanga $a';
|
||||
$string['multiplesubmissions'] = 'Ngā Tukunga Maha';
|
||||
$string['noexercisedescriptionssubmitted'] = 'Kāore te Whakaaturanga Mahi e Tukuna';
|
||||
$string['nosubmissions'] = 'Ngā Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['notassessedyet'] = 'Kāore Anō Kia Whakamātautau';
|
||||
$string['notavailable'] = 'Wātea Kore';
|
||||
$string['noteonassessmentelements'] = 'Note that grading is broken down into a number of \'Assessment Elements\'.<br />
|
||||
This makes the grading easier and more consistent. As teacher you must add these <br />
|
||||
Elements before making the assignment available to students. This is done by<br />
|
||||
clicking on the assignment in the course, if no elements are present you will be asked<br />
|
||||
to add them. You can change the number of elements using the Edit Assignment screen,<br />
|
||||
the elements themselves can be amended from the \"Managing Assignment\" screen. ';
|
||||
$string['noteongradinggrade'] = 'This grade is a measure of how well your assessment agrees with the assessment of <br />
|
||||
your work by the $a. The higher the grade the closer the agreement.';
|
||||
$string['noteonstudentassessments'] = '{Grade from student / Grading Grade for assessment}';
|
||||
$string['notgraded'] = 'Kāore i Māka';
|
||||
$string['notitlegiven'] = 'Kāore he Taitara';
|
||||
$string['numberofassessmentelements'] = 'Number of Comments, Assessment Elements, Grade Bands, Criterion Statments or Categories in a Rubric';
|
||||
$string['numberofcriterionelements'] = 'Number of Criterion Elements must be greater than one.';
|
||||
$string['numberofentries'] = 'Ngā Nama Tuhinga';
|
||||
$string['numberofentriesinleaguetable'] = 'Ngā Nama Tuhinga i roto i te Tēpu Ripanga';
|
||||
$string['numberofnegativeresponses'] = 'Ngā Āhuatanga he kāore';
|
||||
$string['onesubmission'] = 'Tētehi Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['optionaladjustment'] = 'He Ara Whakarite';
|
||||
$string['overallgrade'] = 'Te Māka Nuinga';
|
||||
$string['passwordprotectedexercise'] = 'He Mahi Kupu Whakauru e Ārai ana';
|
||||
$string['phase'] = 'Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['phase1'] = 'Mahi Whakakaupapa';
|
||||
$string['phase1short'] = 'Whakakaupapa';
|
||||
$string['phase2'] = 'Allow $a Assessments and Submissions';
|
||||
$string['phase2short'] = 'Tūwhera';
|
||||
$string['phase3'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Māka Nuinga me te Rārangi';
|
||||
$string['phase3short'] = 'Whakaatu';
|
||||
$string['pleasegradetheassessment'] = 'Please Grade the Assessment of this Piece of Work by $a';
|
||||
$string['pleasemakeyourownassessment'] = 'Please make your own Assessment of the Piece of Work from $a. <br />Note that the Assessment Form is initially displayed with the Student\'s assessment.<br /> You should make any amendments you think necessary and then click on one <br />of the buttons at the foot of the page.';
|
||||
$string['pleasesubmityourwork'] = 'Tukuna Mai te Taumahi māi i tēnei Puka';
|
||||
$string['pleaseusethisform'] = 'Please complete this form when you have <br />finished the instructions in the exercise shown below.';
|
||||
$string['pleaseviewtheexercise'] = 'Please view the exercise given below by clicking on it\'s title.<br />You should follow the instructions in this exercise. <br/>When you are happy that you have completed the exercise<br /> successfully you should click on Assess (or Re-assess) link in <br />the box below. When you have done this assessment you will <br />be shown further instructions on submitting your work.';
|
||||
$string['poor'] = 'Pōhara';
|
||||
$string['present'] = 'i / ki kōnei; i / ki reira';
|
||||
$string['reasonforadjustment'] = 'He Kōrero / Whakaaro o te Whakaritenga';
|
||||
$string['reassess'] = 'Whakamātautau Anō';
|
||||
$string['regradestudentassessments'] = 'Māka Anō i ngā Aromatawai-ā-Tauira';
|
||||
$string['resubmissionfor'] = 'Tukuna Anō nā $a';
|
||||
$string['resubmitnote'] = '* means that the $a is allowed to redo this submission. <br /> This flag can be given to any submission by re-assessing it and clicking <br />on the <b>Allow $a to Re-submit</b> button. <br />The student can resubmit when this flag is present on <b>any</b> of their submissions.';
|
||||
$string['rubric'] = 'Rubric';
|
||||
$string['savedok'] = 'Kua Tiaki Pai';
|
||||
$string['saveentries'] = 'Tiaki ngā Urunga';
|
||||
$string['savemyassessment'] = 'Tiaki i taku Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['saveweights'] = 'Tiaki ngā Taumaha';
|
||||
$string['scale10'] = 'Piro ki te 10';
|
||||
$string['scale100'] = 'Piro ki te 100';
|
||||
$string['scale20'] = 'Piro ki te 20';
|
||||
$string['scalecorrect'] = '2 point Correct/Incorrect scale';
|
||||
$string['scaleexcellent4'] = '4 point Excellent/Very Poor scale';
|
||||
$string['scaleexcellent5'] = '5 point Excellent/Very Poor scale';
|
||||
$string['scaleexcellent7'] = '7 point Excellent/Very Poor scale';
|
||||
$string['scalegood3'] = '3 point Good/Poor scale';
|
||||
$string['scalepresent'] = '2 point Present/Absent scale';
|
||||
$string['scaleyes'] = '2 point Yes/No scale';
|
||||
$string['specimenassessmentform'] = 'Specimen Assessment Form';
|
||||
$string['standarddeviation'] = 'Standard Deviation';
|
||||
$string['strict'] = 'Pākaha';
|
||||
$string['studentallowedtoresubmit'] = 'Kia riro mā $a e tukua anō';
|
||||
$string['studentassessments'] = '$a Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['studentnotallowed'] = '$a NOT allowed to re-submit (or not needed)';
|
||||
$string['studentsubmissions'] = '$a Ngā Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['studentsubmissionsforassessment'] = '$a Ngā Aromatawai-ā-Tauira mō te Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['submission'] = 'Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['submissions'] = 'Ngā Tukunga';
|
||||
$string['submissionsnowclosed'] = 'Submissions now closed - Submission deadline has passed';
|
||||
$string['submitexercisedescription'] = 'Tukuna Mai te Whakaaturanga o te Ngohe';
|
||||
$string['submitted'] = 'I Tukuna Atu';
|
||||
$string['submittedby'] = 'I Tukuna Atu i te / nā';
|
||||
$string['suggestedgrade'] = 'Māka ';
|
||||
$string['teacherassessment'] = '$a Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['teacherassessmenttable'] = '$a Rārangi Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['teacherscomment'] = 'Kōrero o te Kaiako';
|
||||
$string['theexercise'] = 'Te Mahi';
|
||||
$string['theexerciseandthesubmissionby'] = 'Te Mahi me te Tukunga nā $a';
|
||||
$string['thegradeis'] = 'Ko te Māka: $a';
|
||||
$string['thereisfeedbackfromthe'] = 'Ngā Whakahoki Kōrero nā te $a';
|
||||
$string['thisisaresubmission'] = 'This is a Re-submission by $a.<br />Your assessment of their previous submission is shown. <br />After looking at the new submission, please Amend this assessment<br /> and click on one of the buttons at the foot of the page.';
|
||||
$string['title'] = 'Taitara';
|
||||
$string['typeofscale'] = 'Momo Āwhata';
|
||||
$string['unassessed'] = '$a kāore he whakamātautau';
|
||||
$string['ungradedstudentassessments'] = '$a kāore he Māka mō ngā Aromatawai-ā-Tauira';
|
||||
$string['usemaximum'] = 'Mahia te Mutunga Rawa';
|
||||
$string['usemean'] = 'Mahia te Wawaenga';
|
||||
$string['usepassword'] = 'Mahia te Kupu Whakauru';
|
||||
$string['verylax'] = 'Tino Pōrahu';
|
||||
$string['verypoor'] = 'Tino Pōhara';
|
||||
$string['verystrict'] = 'Tino Pākaha';
|
||||
$string['view'] = 'Tirohanga Whānui';
|
||||
$string['viewteacherassessment'] = 'Titiro $a Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['warningonamendingelements'] = 'WARNING: There are submitted assessments. <br />Do NOT change the number of elements, the scale types or the element weights.';
|
||||
$string['weightederrorcount'] = 'Tau o te Taumata Hē: $a';
|
||||
$string['weightforgradingofassessments'] = 'Taumata mō ngā Māka o ngā Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['weightforteacherassessments'] = 'Taumata mō ngā $a Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['weights'] = 'Ngā Taumatatanga';
|
||||
$string['weightssaved'] = 'Kua Tiaki ngā Taumata';
|
||||
$string['weightsusedforoverallgrade'] = 'Ngā Taumata mō te Māka Nuinga';
|
||||
$string['wrongpassword'] = 'Tē Kupu Whakauru mō tēnei Mahi';
|
||||
$string['yourassessment'] = 'Tāu Aromatawai';
|
||||
$string['yourfeedbackgoeshere'] = 'Tāu Whakahoki Kōrero ki kōnei';
|
||||
$string['yoursubmission'] = 'Tāu Tukunga';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+16
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
Fonts
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
This directory contains fonts that are used when creating
|
||||
images with text.
|
||||
|
||||
The only one used currently is default.ttf
|
||||
|
||||
If a language doesn't have the font here then the one in
|
||||
/lang/en/fonts/default.ttf is used instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Multibyte strings will need decoding, because the Truetype
|
||||
routines expect ISO fonts or Unicode strings. If there is a
|
||||
file here called lang_decode.php, containing a function
|
||||
called lang_decode(), then it will be used on each string.
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
BIN
Binary file not shown.
Executable
+158
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// forum.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['addanewdiscussion'] = 'Tāpiria he Kaupapa Whakawhitiwhiti Kōrero Hou';
|
||||
$string['addanewtopic'] = 'Tāpiria he Kaupapa Hou';
|
||||
$string['allowchoice'] = 'Whakaaroaro mā ngā tāngata e tīpako';
|
||||
$string['allowdiscussions'] = 'Ka āhei a $a te tuku kōrero ki tēnei huinga?';
|
||||
$string['allowratings'] = 'Whakaaroaro ngā whakatau o ngā tuku kōrero?';
|
||||
$string['allowsdiscussions'] = 'Kotahi te kaupapa tō ia tangata i tēnei huinga.';
|
||||
$string['anyfile'] = 'Ngā Kōnae Katoa';
|
||||
$string['attachment'] = 'Tau Tāpiri';
|
||||
$string['bynameondate'] = 'Nā $a->name - $a->date';
|
||||
$string['configdisplaymode'] = 'Whakaaturanga Aunoa mō ngā huinga.';
|
||||
$string['configenablerssfeeds'] = 'Mā tēnei āhua e e āheia te ara whāngai RSS mō ngā huinga katoa. Ka riro tonu mau e āhei ngā whāngaitanga mō ia ritenga o ngā huinga';
|
||||
$string['configlongpost'] = 'Ko ngā kōrero ka rahi atu i tēnei rahinga, (hauna rā te HTML) ka kiia he roa rawa.';
|
||||
$string['configmanydiscussions'] = 'Nama mutunga rawa mō ngā whakawhitiwhiti kōrero e whakaatu ana tō ia whārangi.';
|
||||
$string['configmaxbytes'] = 'Tauira katoatia te nuinga o te tāpiritanga i runga i te pae (ka hāngai ki ia akoamnga, me ngā ritenga ā-rohe)';
|
||||
$string['configreplytouser'] = 'Whakaatu te kāinga imēra o te kaituku kōrero? Ahakoa te pērā, ka taea e ia te whakahuna.';
|
||||
$string['configshortpost'] = 'Ko ngā kōrero ka rahi atu i tēnei rahinga, (hāuna rā te HTML) ka kiia he iti rawa.';
|
||||
$string['couldnotadd'] = 'Nā te hē, kāore i taea te tāpiri āu ake tuku kōrero.';
|
||||
$string['couldnotdeleteratings'] = 'Tono aroha, kāore e taea te whakakore. Kua whakatauritia ngā tāngata.';
|
||||
$string['couldnotdeletereplies'] = 'Tono aroha, kāore e taea te whakakore. Kua whakautua ngā tāngata.';
|
||||
$string['couldnotupdate'] = 'Nā te hē, kāore i taea te whakapai ake i tāu tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['delete'] = 'Whakakore';
|
||||
$string['deleteddiscussion'] = 'Kua whakakorengia te kaupapa o te whakatwhitwhiti kōrero';
|
||||
$string['deletedpost'] = 'Kua whakakorengia te tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['deletesure'] = 'Kei te whai tonu koe kia whakakore tēneki tuku kōrero?';
|
||||
$string['digestmailheader'] = 'This is your daily digest of new posts from the $a->sitename forums. To change your forum email preferences, go to $a->userprefs.';
|
||||
$string['digestmailprefs'] = 'Tāu Kōrero Matawhaiora';
|
||||
$string['digestmailsubject'] = '$a: Pūrongo Kōrero o ngā huihui-ā-ipurangi';
|
||||
$string['digestsentusers'] = 'I tuku atu pai ngā pūrongo kōrero-ā-imēra ki a / ngā kaiwhakauru $a';
|
||||
$string['discussion'] = 'Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['discussionmoved'] = 'Kua hūnuku tēneki kōrero ki \'$a\'.';
|
||||
$string['discussionname'] = 'Kaupapa Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['discussions'] = 'Ngā Kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['discussionsstartedby'] = 'Nā $a i tīmata ngā kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['discussionsstartedbyrecent'] = 'Ngā Kōrerorero inā noa nei nā $a';
|
||||
$string['discussthistopic'] = 'Kōrerohia i tēneki kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['eachuserforum'] = 'Mā ia tangata ka tuku tētahi kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['edit'] = 'Whakatika';
|
||||
$string['editing'] = 'Whakatikahia';
|
||||
$string['emptymessage'] = 'He raru tō te tuku kōrero. Tītiro kia tika. Kīhai ngā tinihanga e tiaki ana.';
|
||||
$string['everyonecanchoose'] = 'Ka taea ngā hunga te kohaina mai.';
|
||||
$string['everyoneissubscribed'] = 'E kohaina ngā hunga katoa ki tēneki huinga.';
|
||||
$string['existingsubscribers'] = 'Ngā tāngata tono o nāianei.';
|
||||
$string['forcesubscribe'] = 'Taikaha te katoa kia kohaina';
|
||||
$string['forcesubscribeq'] = 'Taikaha te katoa kia kohaina?';
|
||||
$string['forum'] = 'Huinga';
|
||||
$string['forumintro'] = 'Whakataki Huinga';
|
||||
$string['forumname'] = 'Kaupapa Huinga';
|
||||
$string['forums'] = 'Ngā Huinga';
|
||||
$string['forumtype'] = 'Ahuatanga Huinga';
|
||||
$string['generalforum'] = 'Ngā Huinga';
|
||||
$string['generalforums'] = 'Ngā Tikanga Huinga';
|
||||
$string['inforum'] = 'I roto $a';
|
||||
$string['intronews'] = 'Ngā Pūrongo';
|
||||
$string['introsocial'] = 'He wāhi huinga ki te tuku kōrero mō ngā mea katoa.';
|
||||
$string['introteacher'] = 'Wāhi huinga mō ngā kaiako anahe.';
|
||||
$string['lastpost'] = 'Tuku Kōrero Whakamutunga.';
|
||||
$string['learningforums'] = 'Ngā Huinga Whakaako';
|
||||
$string['maxattachmentsize'] = 'Te Nuinga o te Tau Tāpiri.';
|
||||
$string['maxtimehaspassed'] = 'Ka aroha, kua pau katoatia te nuinga o tēneki tuku kōrero($a)!';
|
||||
$string['message'] = 'Kārere';
|
||||
$string['modeflatnewestfirst'] = 'Whakaatu ngā whakautu, whakautu hou i te tuatahi';
|
||||
$string['modeflatoldestfirst'] = 'Whakaatu ngā whakautu, whakautu tawhito i te tuatahi';
|
||||
$string['modenested'] = 'Ngā Rārangi Whakautu';
|
||||
$string['modethreaded'] = 'Ngā Miro Whakautu';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Huinga';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Huinga';
|
||||
$string['more'] = 'Ētehi Atu';
|
||||
$string['movethisdiscussionto'] = 'Hūnuku tēnei kōrerorero ki ...';
|
||||
$string['namenews'] = 'Huinga Pūrongo';
|
||||
$string['namesocial'] = 'Huinga Nohotahi';
|
||||
$string['nameteacher'] = 'Huinga Kaiako';
|
||||
$string['newforumposts'] = 'Ngā Huinga Hou';
|
||||
$string['nodiscussions'] = 'Kāore anō kia tuhia ngā kaupapa kōrero i roto i tēneki huinga.';
|
||||
$string['noguestpost'] = 'Ka aroha, kāore taea e ngā manuhiri te tuku kōrero.';
|
||||
$string['nomorepostscontaining'] = 'Kua pau ngā tuku kōrero a \'$a\' ';
|
||||
$string['nonews'] = 'Kāore anō ngā pūrongo kia tukuna';
|
||||
$string['noposts'] = 'Kāore ngā tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['nopostscontaining'] = 'Kāore ngā tuku kōrero pēnei \'$a\' i kitea ';
|
||||
$string['nosubscribers'] = 'Karekau ngā hunga mō tēnei huinga i tēneki wā.';
|
||||
$string['notingroup'] = 'Mō ngā mema rōpū anahe ngā whakapuakitanga o tēneki huinga.';
|
||||
$string['nownotsubscribed'] = 'Karekau ngā kape imēra ki a $a->name mō te \'$a->forum\'.';
|
||||
$string['nowsubscribed'] = 'Ngā kape imēra ki a $a->name mō te \'$a->forum\'.';
|
||||
$string['numposts'] = '$a tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['olderdiscussions'] = 'Ngā kōrerorero tawhito';
|
||||
$string['openmode0'] = 'Kāore ngā kōrerorero, Kāore ngā whakautu';
|
||||
$string['openmode1'] = 'Kāore ngā kōrerorero, engari kei te pai ngā whakautu.';
|
||||
$string['openmode2'] = 'Kei te pai ngā kōrerorero me ngā whakautu.';
|
||||
$string['parent'] = 'Whakapuaki te kaupapa matua.';
|
||||
$string['parentofthispost'] = 'Te Kaupapa Matua o tēneki tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['postadded'] = 'I tāpiri pai i tāu tuku kōrero.<P>Ki te tini, me whakatika i $a.';
|
||||
$string['postincontext'] = 'Pānui hei horopaki i te tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['postmailinfo'] = 'He kape tēnei o te tuku kōrero i te pae tukutuku $a.
|
||||
Ki te tāpiri ki tāu whakautu mai i te pae tukutuku, patoa ki tēneki hononga:';
|
||||
$string['postrating1'] = 'Mostly Separate Knowing';
|
||||
$string['postrating2'] = 'Te Hononga me te Wehewehenga';
|
||||
$string['postrating3'] = 'Mostly Connected Knowing';
|
||||
$string['posts'] = 'Tuku Kōrero';
|
||||
$string['posttoforum'] = 'Tuku Kōrero ki te huihuinga';
|
||||
$string['postupdated'] = 'I Whakapai Ake i tāu tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['potentialsubscribers'] = 'Ngā Kaikohaina pea';
|
||||
$string['processingdigest'] = 'Processing email digest for user $a';
|
||||
$string['processingpost'] = 'Processing post $a';
|
||||
$string['prune'] = 'Wāwāhi(a)';
|
||||
$string['prunedpost'] = 'He kōrero hou i tipu ake nā tērā tuku kōrero ';
|
||||
$string['pruneheading'] = 'Wāwāhia ngā kōrerorero,ā, ka hanga he huinga hou mō tēneki tuku kōrero.';
|
||||
$string['rate'] = 'Whakatau';
|
||||
$string['rating'] = 'Whakatauria';
|
||||
$string['ratingeveryone'] = 'Ka taea e ngā tāngata katoa te whakatau ngā tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['ratingno'] = 'Te Kore Whakatau';
|
||||
$string['ratingonlyteachers'] = 'Ko $a anahe te mana whakatau o ngā tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['ratingpublic'] = 'Ka taea e $a te kite e ngā whakatau o ngā tāngata katoa';
|
||||
$string['ratingpublicnot'] = 'Ka taea e $a te kite ki ōna whakatau anahe';
|
||||
$string['ratings'] = 'Ngā Whakatauria';
|
||||
$string['ratingssaved'] = 'Te Tiakitanga o ngā Whakatauria';
|
||||
$string['ratingsuse'] = 'Whakamahi ngā Whakatauria';
|
||||
$string['ratingtime'] = 'Restrict ratings to posts with dates in this range:';
|
||||
$string['re'] = 'E Pā Ana ki:';
|
||||
$string['readtherest'] = 'Pānui te katoa o tēneki kaupapa.';
|
||||
$string['replies'] = 'Ngā Whakautu';
|
||||
$string['repliesmany'] = '$a ngā whakautu ';
|
||||
$string['repliesone'] = '$a ngā whakautu i nāianei';
|
||||
$string['reply'] = 'Whakautu';
|
||||
$string['replyforum'] = 'Whakautu ki te huinga';
|
||||
$string['rsssubscriberssdiscussions'] = 'Display the RSS feed for \'$a\' discussions';
|
||||
$string['rsssubscriberssposts'] = 'Display the RSS feed for \'$a\' posts';
|
||||
$string['search'] = 'Rapu';
|
||||
$string['searchforums'] = 'Rangahaua ngā huinga';
|
||||
$string['searcholderposts'] = 'Rangahaua ngā tuku kōrero tawhito';
|
||||
$string['searchresults'] = 'Ngā ūnga o te rangahau';
|
||||
$string['sendinratings'] = 'Tukua e āku whakataunga onāianei';
|
||||
$string['showsubscribers'] = 'Whakaatu / Whakatikahia ngā Kaitono o nāianei';
|
||||
$string['singleforum'] = 'He momo kōrerorero';
|
||||
$string['startedby'] = 'I tīmata i (te) ...';
|
||||
$string['subject'] = 'Kaupapa';
|
||||
$string['subscribe'] = 'Whakakohaina ki tēneki huinga';
|
||||
$string['subscribeall'] = 'Whakakohaina e ngā tāngata katoa ki tēnei huinga';
|
||||
$string['subscribed'] = 'I kohaina';
|
||||
$string['subscribenone'] = 'Whakakore ngā tāngata katoa e kohaina ki tēneki huinga';
|
||||
$string['subscribers'] = 'Ngā Kaitono';
|
||||
$string['subscribersto'] = 'Ngā Kaitono ki \'$a\'';
|
||||
$string['subscribestart'] = 'Tukuna mai he imēra o ngā tuku kōrero mō tēneki huinga.';
|
||||
$string['subscribestop'] = 'Kaua e tukuna mai he imēra o ngā tuku kōrero mō tēneki huinga.';
|
||||
$string['subscription'] = 'Kohaina Mai';
|
||||
$string['subscriptions'] = 'Ngā Kohaina Mai';
|
||||
$string['unsubscribe'] = 'Whakakore kohaina mai tēneki huinga.';
|
||||
$string['unsubscribed'] = 'Whakakore Kohaina';
|
||||
$string['unsubscribeshort'] = 'Whakakore Kohaina';
|
||||
$string['yesforever'] = 'Ae, mō ake tonu';
|
||||
$string['yesinitially'] = 'Ae, mō tēneki wā';
|
||||
$string['youratedthis'] = 'Nāu tēneki i whakatau';
|
||||
$string['yournewtopic'] = 'Tāu kaupapa tuku kōrero hou';
|
||||
$string['yourreply'] = 'Tāu whakautu';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
Executable
+166
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
|
||||
<?PHP // $Id$
|
||||
// glossary.php - created with Moodle 1.4.1 (2004083101)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
$string['addcomment'] = 'Tāpiria he kōrero';
|
||||
$string['addentry'] = 'Tāpiria he kupu hou';
|
||||
$string['addingcomment'] = 'Tāpiria he kōrero';
|
||||
$string['aliases'] = 'He / Ngā Kupu Matua';
|
||||
$string['allcategories'] = 'Ngā Wāhanga Katoa';
|
||||
$string['allentries'] = 'Te Katoa';
|
||||
$string['allowcomments'] = 'Whakaaroaro te whakataki o ngā tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['allowduplicatedentries'] = 'Duplicated entries allowed';
|
||||
$string['allowratings'] = 'Whakaaroaro te whakatau o ngā tuku kōrero?';
|
||||
$string['answer'] = 'Whakautu';
|
||||
$string['approve'] = 'Whakaae';
|
||||
$string['areyousuredelete'] = 'Whakakorengia tēneki urunga?';
|
||||
$string['areyousuredeletecomment'] = 'Whakakore tēneki whakataki?';
|
||||
$string['areyousureexport'] = 'Are you sure you want to export this entry to';
|
||||
$string['ascending'] = '(Piki Ake)';
|
||||
$string['attachment'] = 'Tau Tāpiri';
|
||||
$string['authorview'] = 'Mai te Kaitito';
|
||||
$string['back'] = 'Whakahoki';
|
||||
$string['cantinsertcat'] = 'Kāore e taea te tāpiri Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['cantinsertrec'] = 'Kāore e taea te tāpiri Whakaaturanga';
|
||||
$string['cantinsertrel'] = 'Can\'t insert relation category-entry';
|
||||
$string['casesensitive'] = 'This entry is case sensitive';
|
||||
$string['categories'] = 'Ngā Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['category'] = 'Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['categorydeleted'] = 'Whakakore Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['categoryview'] = 'Mai te Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['cnfallowcomments'] = 'Define if a glossary will accept comments on entries by default';
|
||||
$string['cnfallowdupentries'] = 'Define if a glossary will allows duplicated entries by default';
|
||||
$string['cnfapprovalstatus'] = 'Define the approval status by default of an entry posted by a student';
|
||||
$string['cnfcasesensitive'] = 'Define if an entry, when linked, is case sensitive by default';
|
||||
$string['cnfdefaulthook'] = 'Select the default selection to show when the glossary is first viewed';
|
||||
$string['cnfdefaultmode'] = 'Select the default frame to show when the glossary is first viewed.';
|
||||
$string['cnffullmatch'] = 'Define if an entry, when linked, should match the case in the target text by default';
|
||||
$string['cnflinkentry'] = 'Define if an entry should be automatically linked by default';
|
||||
$string['cnflinkglossaries'] = 'Define if a glossary should be automatically linked by default';
|
||||
$string['cnfrelatedview'] = 'Select the display format to be used for automatic linking and entry view.';
|
||||
$string['cnfshowgroup'] = 'Specify if the group break should be shown or not.';
|
||||
$string['cnfsortkey'] = 'Select the sorting key by default.';
|
||||
$string['cnfsortorder'] = 'Select the sorting order by default.';
|
||||
$string['cnfstudentcanpost'] = 'Define if the students can or cannot post entries by default';
|
||||
$string['comment'] = 'Whakataki';
|
||||
$string['commentdeleted'] = 'I whakakorengia e te whakataki';
|
||||
$string['comments'] = 'Ngā Whakataki';
|
||||
$string['commentson'] = 'Ngā Whakataki i / o (te)';
|
||||
$string['commentupdated'] = 'The comment has been updated.';
|
||||
$string['concept'] = 'Ariā';
|
||||
$string['concepts'] = 'Ngā Ariā';
|
||||
$string['configenablerssfeeds'] = 'This switch will enable the possibility of RSS feeds for all glosaries. You will still need to turn feeds on manually in the settings for each glossary.';
|
||||
$string['currentglossary'] = 'Kuputaka Ināianei';
|
||||
$string['dateview'] = 'Mai te Rā';
|
||||
$string['defaultapproval'] = 'Approved by default';
|
||||
$string['definition'] = 'Whakamāramatanga';
|
||||
$string['definitions'] = 'Ngā Whakamāramatanga';
|
||||
$string['deleteentry'] = 'Whakakore te Urunga.';
|
||||
$string['deletingcomment'] = 'Whakakorengia te kōrero';
|
||||
$string['deletingnoneemptycategory'] = 'Deleting this category will not delete the entries it contains - they will be marked as uncategorised.';
|
||||
$string['descending'] = '(Heke Iho)';
|
||||
$string['destination'] = 'Wāhi Haere';
|
||||
$string['displayformat'] = 'Whakaatu te Takotoranga';
|
||||
$string['displayformatcontinuous'] = 'Continuous without author';
|
||||
$string['displayformatdictionary'] = 'Ngāwari, te āhuatanga o te Papakupu';
|
||||
$string['displayformatencyclopedia'] = 'Pukapuka Taki Mātauranga';
|
||||
$string['displayformatentrylist'] = 'Rārangi Urunga';
|
||||
$string['displayformatfaq'] = 'Ngā Pātai Ka Uia';
|
||||
$string['displayformatfullwithauthor'] = 'Te Katoa me te Kaitito';
|
||||
$string['displayformatfullwithoutauthor'] = 'Te Katoa, waiho te Kaitito';
|
||||
$string['displayformats'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Takotoranga';
|
||||
$string['displayformatssetup'] = 'Ngā Whakaatu Takotoranga';
|
||||
$string['duplicateentry'] = 'Tāruarua ngā Urunga';
|
||||
$string['editalways'] = 'Pūmau tonu ki te Whakatika';
|
||||
$string['editcategories'] = 'Whakatika ngā Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['editentry'] = 'Whakatika Urunga';
|
||||
$string['editingcomment'] = 'Whakatikahia te Whakataki';
|
||||
$string['entbypage'] = 'Ngā Urunga tō ia whārangi';
|
||||
$string['entries'] = 'Ngā Urunga';
|
||||
$string['entrieswithoutcategory'] = 'Ngā Tuku Kōrero me te kore wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['entry'] = 'Urunga';
|
||||
$string['entryalreadyexist'] = 'Kei kōnina kē te tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['entryapproved'] = 'Kua whakaae ki tēneki tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['entrydeleted'] = 'Kua whakakore te tuku kōrero';
|
||||
$string['entryexported'] = 'Entry succesfully exported';
|
||||
$string['entryishidden'] = '(this entry is currently hidden)';
|
||||
$string['entryleveldefaultsettings'] = 'Entry Level Default Settings';
|
||||
$string['entryusedynalink'] = 'This entry should be automatically linked';
|
||||
$string['explainaddentry'] = 'Add a new entry to the current glossary.<br>Concept and definition are mandatory fields.';
|
||||
$string['explainall'] = 'Whakaatu katoatia ngā tuku kōrero i tētehi whārangi';
|
||||
$string['explainalphabet'] = 'Rapua te kuputaka mai tēneki tohu-ā-kupu';
|
||||
$string['explainexport'] = 'A file has been generated.<br>Download it and keep it safe. You can import it anytime you wish in this or other course.';
|
||||
$string['explainimport'] = 'You must specify the file to import and define the criteria of the process.<p>Submit your request and review the results.';
|
||||
$string['explainspecial'] = 'Shows entries that do not begin with a letter';
|
||||
$string['exportedentry'] = 'Tukua te kōrero tuku';
|
||||
$string['exportedfile'] = 'Exported file';
|
||||
$string['exportentries'] = 'Tukua ngā kōrero tuku';
|
||||
$string['exportglossary'] = 'Export glossary';
|
||||
$string['exporttomainglossary'] = 'Export to main glossary';
|
||||
$string['filetoimport'] = 'File to import';
|
||||
$string['fillfields'] = 'Concept and definition are mandatory fields.';
|
||||
$string['filtername'] = 'Glossary Auto-linking';
|
||||
$string['fullmatch'] = 'Match whole words only';
|
||||
$string['globalglossary'] = 'Kuputaka o te Ao';
|
||||
$string['glossaryleveldefaultsettings'] = 'Glossary Level Default Settings';
|
||||
$string['glossarytype'] = 'Momo Kuputaka';
|
||||
$string['glosssaryexported'] = 'I tuku atu te Kuputaka';
|
||||
$string['importcategories'] = 'Whakauru Mai Ngā Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['importedcategories'] = 'I whakauru mai ngā Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['importedentries'] = 'I whakauru mai ngā Tāngata / Tuhinga';
|
||||
$string['importentries'] = 'Whakauru Mai ngā Tāngata / Tuhinga';
|
||||
$string['isglobal'] = 'He Kuputaka-ā-Taiao?';
|
||||
$string['linkcategory'] = 'Automatically link this category';
|
||||
$string['mainglossary'] = 'Te Kuputaka Pūtake';
|
||||
$string['maxtimehaspassed'] = 'Sorry, but the maximum time for editing this comment ($a) has passed!';
|
||||
$string['modulename'] = 'Kuputaka';
|
||||
$string['modulenameplural'] = 'Ngā Kuputaka';
|
||||
$string['newentries'] = 'Ngā Kuputaka Hou';
|
||||
$string['newglossary'] = 'Kuputaka Hou';
|
||||
$string['newglossarycreated'] = 'Kuputaka Hou';
|
||||
$string['newglossaryentries'] = 'Ngā Kupu Hou o te Kuputaka';
|
||||
$string['nocomment'] = 'Karekau he kōrero kōnina';
|
||||
$string['nocomments'] = '(Karekau he kōrero kōnei i tēneki wā)';
|
||||
$string['noconceptfound'] = 'No concept or definition found.';
|
||||
$string['noentries'] = 'Karekau ngā urunga i tēneki wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['noentry'] = 'Karekau he urunga kōnina.';
|
||||
$string['notcategorised'] = 'Kāhore he Wāhanga';
|
||||
$string['numberofentries'] = 'Ngā Nama Urunga';
|
||||
$string['onebyline'] = '(tō ia rārangi)';
|
||||
$string['printerfriendly'] = 'Printer-friendly version';
|
||||
$string['question'] = 'Pātai';
|
||||
$string['rate'] = 'Whakatau';
|
||||
$string['rating'] = 'Whakatauria';
|
||||
$string['ratingeveryone'] = 'Everyone can rate entries';
|
||||
$string['ratingno'] = 'Karekau ngā Whakatau';
|
||||
$string['ratingonlyteachers'] = 'Ko $a anahe te mana whakatau ngā urunga';
|
||||
$string['ratings'] = 'Ngā Whakatauria';
|
||||
$string['ratingssaved'] = 'Whakatauria i tiaki ana';
|
||||
$string['ratingsuse'] = 'Mahia ngā Whakatau';
|
||||
$string['ratingtime'] = 'Restrict ratings to entries with dates in this range:';
|
||||
$string['rejectedentries'] = 'Rejected entries';
|
||||
$string['rejectionrpt'] = 'Rejection Report';
|
||||
$string['rsssubscriberss'] = 'Display the RSS feed for \'$a\' concepts';
|
||||
$string['searchindefinition'] = 'Search full text';
|
||||
$string['secondaryglossary'] = 'Papakupu Takirua';
|
||||
$string['sendinratings'] = 'Send in my latest ratings';
|
||||
$string['showall'] = 'Whakaatu te hononga \'KATOA\'';
|
||||
$string['showalphabet'] = 'Whakaatu ngā Tātai Reta';
|
||||
$string['showspecial'] = 'Whakaatu te hononga \'Taonga\'';
|
||||
$string['sortby'] = 'Whakaraupapa mai ';
|
||||
$string['sortbycreation'] = 'Mai te rā i hanga';
|
||||
$string['sortbylastupdate'] = 'Mai i te Whakapai Ake Whakamutunga';
|
||||
$string['sortchronogically'] = 'Whakaraupapa ngā Rā';
|
||||
$string['special'] = 'Taonga';
|
||||
$string['standardview'] = 'Mai ngā Tātai Reta';
|
||||
$string['studentcanpost'] = 'Ka taea e ngā tauira te tāpiri ngā urunga';
|
||||
$string['totalentries'] = 'Ngā Urunga Katoa';
|
||||
$string['usedynalink'] = 'Automatically link glossary entries';
|
||||
$string['waitingapproval'] = 'Waiting approval';
|
||||
$string['warningstudentcapost'] = '(Applies only if the glossary is not the main one)';
|
||||
$string['withauthor'] = 'Ngā Ariā-ā-Kaitito';
|
||||
$string['withoutauthor'] = 'Ngā Ariā (kāore he kaitito)';
|
||||
$string['writtenby'] = 'Nā';
|
||||
$string['youarenottheauthor'] = 'Kāore koe te kaitito. kāore e taea e koe te whakatika tēneki kōrero.';
|
||||
|
||||
?>
|
||||
+13
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Assignment Type</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>There are different types of assignments</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><B>Offline activity</B> - this is useful when the assignment is performed outside
|
||||
of Moodle. Students can see a description of the assignment, but can't upload files or anything.
|
||||
Teachers can grade all students though, and students will see notifications of their grades.
|
||||
|
||||
<P><B>Upload a single file</B> - this type of assignment allows all students to upload a
|
||||
single file, of any type. This might be a Word processor document, or an image, a
|
||||
zipped web site, or anything you ask them to submit. Teachers can grade submitted
|
||||
assignments online.
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+5
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<p>Assignments</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=assignmenttype.html">Assignment type</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=assignment&file=resubmit.html">Re-submit</a>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<P><IMG VALIGN=absmiddle SRC="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/assignment/icon.gif"> <B>Assignments</B></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<P>Assignments allow the teacher to specify a task that requires students
|
||||
to prepare digital content (any format) and submit it by uploading it
|
||||
to the server. Typical assignments include essays, projects, reports
|
||||
and so on. This module includes grading facilities.</P>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
Executable
+9
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Resubmitting assignments</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>By default, students cannot resubmit assignments once the teacher has graded them</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If you turn this option on, then students will be allowed to resubmit assignments
|
||||
after they have been graded (for you to re-grade). This may be useful if the
|
||||
teacher wants to encourage students to do better work in an iterative process.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Obviously, this option is not relevant for offline assignments.</P>
|
||||
Executable
+8
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Automatic Attendance Logging</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>When this option is turned on, the attendance instance will be populated automatically based on the activity of each user on the day specified by the date. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The automatic attendance logging facility counts a participant as present if they log into the course and perform any activities whatsoever on the specified date.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The moodle cron facility must be configured in order for this feature to work.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+5
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Days of Each Week to Take Attendance.</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>When adding multiple attendance rolls, one attendance roll will be created for each weekday checked in this list. For example, if you want to take attendance every Tuesday and Thursday, only check the Tue. and Thu. boxes and leave the rest unchecked.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+6
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Determine Section for Attendance Based on This Date.</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Automatically move this instance to the section that corresponds to its date. If you choose this option the instance will move itself to the appropriate week after you save the changes.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This option only applies to courses with a weekly format.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+6
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Grading a roll.</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This feature allows a roll to be graded on a linear scale. The percentage of the total number of hours in a course a student is present for is added as a grade in the gradebook. Tardies are included in this calculation as well, and are graded based on the "number of tardies per absence" configuration for the module.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This feature does not work very well when automatic attendance is turned on because there is currently no way for a student to be partially present in a course on a given day. A student is 100% present or 100% absent in terms of automatic attendance logging.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+6
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Number of Hours in a Class Period</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Sets how many hours this class period will have. Attendance is logged individually for each hour of class. There is no way to specify partial hours.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This option doesn't really have a lot of bearing on automatic attendance logging.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+8
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<p>Attendance</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=attendance&file=autoattend.html">Automatic Attendance Logging</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=attendance&file=choosedays.html">Days of Each Week to Take Attendance</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=attendance&file=dynsection.html">Determine Section for Attendance Based on This Date</a> <li><a href="help.php?module=attendance&file=grade.html">Grading a roll</a> <li><a href="help.php?module=attendance&file=hours.html">Number of Hours in a Class Period</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=attendance&file=maxgrade.html">Maximum Grade Value for Attendance</a>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
Executable
+5
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Maximum Grade Value for Attendance</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This value determines what the maximum number grade is for full attendance in a course. This value is pro-rated on a linear scale for partial attendance. A grade of zero is logged for full absence.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+5
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<p><img valign="absmiddle" src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/attendance/icon.gif"> <b>Attendance</b></p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<p>This module allows you to record the attendance of each participant in an on-site or on-line class session. Attendance can be logged manually by any teacher in the course, or automatically based on participant activity within the twenty-four hour period of the attendance date.</p>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+26
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Using Chat</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The chat module contains some features to make chatting a little nicer.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt><b>Smilies</b></dt>
|
||||
<dd>Any smiley faces (emoticons) that you can type elsewhere in Moodle
|
||||
can also be typed in here and they will be displayed correctly. For example, :-) = <img src="pix/s/smiley.gif"> </dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>Links</b></dt>
|
||||
<dd>Internet addresses will be turned into links automatically.</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>Emoting</b></dt>
|
||||
<dd>You can start a line with "/me" or ":" to emote. For example, if your name is Kim and you
|
||||
type ":laughs!" or "/me laughs!" then everyone will see "Kim laughs!"</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>Beeps</b></dt>
|
||||
<dd>You can send a sound to other people by hitting the "beep" link next to their name. A useful
|
||||
shortcut to beep all the people in the chat at once is to type "beep all".</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>HTML</b></dt>
|
||||
<dd>If you know some HTML code, you can use it in your text to do things like insert images,
|
||||
play sounds or create different coloured and sized text.</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+4
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
<p>Chat module</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=chat&file=chatting.html">Using Chat</a>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
Executable
+9
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
<P><IMG VALIGN=absmiddle SRC="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/chat/icon.gif"> <B>Chats</B></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<P>The Chat module allows participants to have a real-time synchronous
|
||||
discussion via the web. This is a useful way to get a different
|
||||
understanding of each other and the topic being discussed - the mode
|
||||
of using a chat room is quite different from the asynchronous forums.
|
||||
The Chat module contains a number of features for managing and
|
||||
reviewing chat discussions.</P>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
Executable
+4
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
<p>Choices</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=choice&file=options.html">Options</a>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<P><IMG VALIGN=absmiddle SRC="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/choice/icon.gif"> <B>Choices</B></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<P>A choice activity is very simple - the teacher asks a question and specifies a
|
||||
choice of multiple responses. It can be useful as a quick poll to
|
||||
stimulate thinking about a topic; to allow the class to vote on
|
||||
a direction for the course; or to gather research consent.
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Choice options</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Here is where you specify the options that participants
|
||||
have to choose from.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>You can fill in any number of these: it's OK to leave some blank
|
||||
if you don't need the full 6 options.
|
||||
Executable
+8
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Restrict times</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This setting allows you to define a time window within which
|
||||
participants are allowed to make a choice.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>To set an open-ended close date just set the time very far in the future.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If you don't need this at all then uncheck the box.</p>
|
||||
Executable
+13
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Cookies</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Two cookies are used by this site.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The essential one is the session cookie, usually called <b>MoodleSession</b>. You must allow this cookie
|
||||
into your browser to provide continuity and maintain your login from page to page. When you log out or
|
||||
close the browser this cookie is destroyed (in your browser and on the server).</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The other cookie is purely for convenience, usually called something like <b>MOODLEID</b>. It just remembers
|
||||
your username within the browser. This means when you return to this site the username field on the
|
||||
login page will be already filled out for you. It is safe to refuse this cookie - you will just have
|
||||
to retype your username every time you log in.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+11
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Course availability</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This option allows you to "hide" your course
|
||||
completely.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>It will not appear on any course listings, except to
|
||||
teachers of the course and administrators.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Even if students try to access the course URL directly,
|
||||
they will not be allowed to enter.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+11
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course Categories</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Your Moodle administrator may have set up several
|
||||
course categories.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>For example, "Science", "Humanities", "Public Health" etc
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Choose the one most applicable for your course. This
|
||||
choice will affect where your course is displayed on the
|
||||
course listing and may make it easier for students to
|
||||
find your course.
|
||||
Executable
+24
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Moodle course formats</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><B>Weekly format</B></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
The course is organised week by week, with a clear start date and a finish date.
|
||||
Each week consists of activities. Some of them, like journals, may have
|
||||
"open windows" of, say, two weeks after which they become unavailable.
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><B>Topics format</B></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
Very similar to the weekly format, except that each "week" is called a topic.
|
||||
A "topic" is not restricted to any time limit. You don't need to specify any
|
||||
dates.
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><B>Social format</B></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
This format is oriented around one main forum, the Social forum, which appears
|
||||
listed on the main page. It is useful for situations that are more freeform.
|
||||
They may not even be courses. For example, it could be used as a departmental
|
||||
notice board.
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+4
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course Full name</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The full name of the course is displayed at the top of the screen and in the course listings.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+14
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Grades</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Many of the activities allow grades to be set.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>By default, the results of all grades within the
|
||||
course can be seen in the Grades page, available
|
||||
from the main course page.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If a teacher is not interested in using grades in a
|
||||
course, or just wants to hide grades from students,
|
||||
then they can disable the display of grades in the
|
||||
Course Settings. This does not prevent individual
|
||||
activities from using or setting grades, it just
|
||||
disables the results being displayed to students.</p>
|
||||
Executable
+13
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Course hidden sections</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This option allows you to decide how the hidden sections in your course
|
||||
are displayed to students.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>By default, a small area is shown (in collapsed form, usually gray) to
|
||||
indicate where the hidden section is, though they still can not actually see
|
||||
the hidden activities and texts. This is particularly useful
|
||||
in the Weekly format, so that non-class weeks are clear.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If you choose, these can be completely hidden, so that students
|
||||
don't even know sections of the course are hidden</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course ID Number</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The ID number of a course is only used when matching this course against
|
||||
external systems - it is never displayed within Moodle. If you have an
|
||||
official code name for this course then use it here ... otherwise you can
|
||||
leave it blank.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+15
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course News Items</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>A special forum called "News" appears in the
|
||||
"weekly" and "topics" course formats. It's
|
||||
a good place to post notices for all students
|
||||
to see. (By default, all students are subscribed
|
||||
to this forum, and will receive your notices by
|
||||
email.)
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This setting determines how many recent items
|
||||
appear on your course home page, in a news box
|
||||
down the right-hand side.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If you set it to "0 news items" then the news
|
||||
box won't even appear.
|
||||
Executable
+14
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course Number of Weeks/Topics</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This setting is only used by the 'weekly' and 'topics'
|
||||
course formats.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>In the 'weekly' format, it specifies the number of weeks
|
||||
that the course will run for, starting from the
|
||||
course starting date.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>In the 'topics' format, it specifies the number of topics
|
||||
in the course.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Both of these translate to the number of "boxes" down the
|
||||
middle of the course page.
|
||||
Executable
+16
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Recent Activity</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Moodle can display "recent activity" on the course home page.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This shows the everything that has happened in the course since
|
||||
the last time the viewer logged in to the course, including
|
||||
new posts, new users, submitted journals etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>It is highly recommended you leave this feature enabled in
|
||||
your courses, as it helps give a sense of activity in the course.
|
||||
Knowing what everyone else is doing also helps to promote a
|
||||
collaborative atmosphere in the class.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>You might want to disable this feature for extremely large or
|
||||
heavily used courses, as it may slow down the display of
|
||||
the course page.
|
||||
Executable
+21
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Activity Reports</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Activity reports are available for each participant
|
||||
that show their activity in the current course. As
|
||||
well as listings of their contributions, these
|
||||
reports include detailed access logs.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Teachers always have access to these reports, using
|
||||
the button visible on each persons's profile page.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Student access to their own reports is controlled by
|
||||
the teacher via a course setting. For some courses these
|
||||
reports can be a useful tool for a student to reflect
|
||||
on their involvement and appearance within the online
|
||||
environment, but for some courses this may not be
|
||||
necessary.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Another reason for turning it off is that the report
|
||||
can place a bit of load on the server while being
|
||||
generated. For large or long classes it may be more
|
||||
efficient to keep it off.<p>
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course short name</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Many institutions have a shorthand way of referring to a course, such as
|
||||
BP102 or COMMS. Even you don't already have such a name for your course,
|
||||
make one up here. It will be used in several places where the long name
|
||||
isn't appropriate (such us in the subject line of email).</P>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+19
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course Start Date</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This is where you specify the starting time of the
|
||||
course (in your own timezone).
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If you are using a 'weekly' course format, this will
|
||||
affect the display of the weeks. The first week will
|
||||
start on the date you set here.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This setting will not affect courses using the
|
||||
'social' or 'topics' formats.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>However, one place this setting will be affect is
|
||||
the display of logs, which use this date as the earliest
|
||||
possible date you can display.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>In general, if your course does have a real starting date
|
||||
then it makes sense to set this date to that, no matter
|
||||
what course formats you are using.
|
||||
Executable
+8
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course upload size</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>This setting defines the largest size of file that can be
|
||||
uploaded by students in this course, limited by the site
|
||||
wide setting created by the administrator.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>It is possible to further restrict this size through
|
||||
settings within each activity module.
|
||||
Executable
+9
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Adding Subjects</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>You can use this link to add a Subject to the dialogue. It's a
|
||||
good idea to always have a subject for the dialogue, it keeps
|
||||
the dialogue on track and focuses the replies on the topic.
|
||||
If you want to start talking about another subject it is
|
||||
better to close the current dialogue and start a new dialogue
|
||||
on that topic.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
+13
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Closing Dialogues</b></p>
|
||||
<p>You can close a dialogue at any time. Closing a dialogue
|
||||
stops the dialogue and removes it from your current list of dialogues. That is,
|
||||
closed dialogues do not appear on this page. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>You will be able to view closed dialogues but you can not add to them.
|
||||
However, closed dialogues are eventually deleted and after that point they
|
||||
obviously will not be available even for viewing.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If you do close this dialogue, then you will have to start a new dialogue
|
||||
if you want to continue to "talk" with this person. That person
|
||||
will re-appear in the list of people you can start dialogues with.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+7
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Deletion of Dialogues</b></p>
|
||||
<p>This option sets the time interval in days for the deletion of
|
||||
dialogues. It only applies to CLOSED dialogues. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If the time period is set to zero then dialogues are never
|
||||
deleted.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+17
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Dialogue Types</b></p>
|
||||
<p>There are three types of Dialogues.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol><li><p><b>Teacher to Student</b> This allows dialogues between
|
||||
teachers and students. Dialogues can be started by either
|
||||
teachers or students. In the lists of people, teachers only
|
||||
see students and students only see teachers.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><b>Student to Student</b> This allows dialogues between
|
||||
students. Teachers are <b>not</b> included at all in this type of
|
||||
dialogue</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><b>Everybody</b> This allows everybody in the Class to
|
||||
start a dialogue with anybody else. Teachers can start
|
||||
dialogues with other teachers and students, students can start
|
||||
dialogues with other students and teachers. </p></li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
Executable
+10
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
<p>Dialogues</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=dialogue&file=addsubject.html">Add Subject to a Dialogue</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=dialogue&file=closedialogue.html">Close a Dialogue</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=dialogue&file=deleteafter.html">Delete Dialogues</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=dialogue&file=dialoguetype.html">Dialogue Types</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=dialogue&file=info.html">More Information</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=dialogue&file=maildefault.html">Mail Default</a>
|
||||
<li><a href="help.php?module=dialogue&file=multiple.html">Multiple Dialogues</a>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
Executable
+34
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
<img valign=absmiddle src="<?php echo $cfg->wwwroot?>/mod/dialogue/icon.gif"> <b>Dialogues</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This module provides a simple communication method between pairs of users.
|
||||
A teacher can open an dialogue with a student, a student can open
|
||||
a dialogue with a teacher, and (optionally) a student can open a
|
||||
dialogue with another student. A teacher or student can be involved
|
||||
in many on-going dialogues at any time.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>A dialogue can have an unlimited number of entries, normally the
|
||||
"conversation" takes place as a set of interleaved
|
||||
replies. This format is not enforced and either party can add to the
|
||||
dialogue at any time.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>A dialogue can be closed by either party at any time. Closed dialogues
|
||||
cannot be reopened. However, a closed
|
||||
dialogue can be viewed by either party provided it is still in existence... </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>...The module deletes closed dialogues and all their entries after a
|
||||
certain time. That time is set here when the Dialogue is created.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>If the course has groups the following points apply.
|
||||
<ul><li>When opening a new dialogue the teacher is shown the group mode of the
|
||||
dialogue and their current group. This information is displayed immediately
|
||||
below the Tab Bar.</li>
|
||||
<li>A teacher can start dialogues with all the students in their current group
|
||||
by choosing the group name in the drop-down list of names. Once started
|
||||
the dialogues operate in the normal way, that is, they are one-to-one
|
||||
dialogues between the teacher and individual students.</li>
|
||||
<li>If the dialogue is in SEPARATE GROUPS mode then students only see other
|
||||
students in their own group (assuming the dialogue allows student-to-student
|
||||
dialogues). In this mode students who are not in any group do not see any
|
||||
other students.</li>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+11
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Set Mail Notification</b></p>
|
||||
<p>This option controls whether notification messages are sent. If this
|
||||
option is set to "Yes" a short email is sent to the recipient
|
||||
of a new entry. The email message does not contain the text of the entry,
|
||||
simply a sentence to say a new entry has been added and a link to the
|
||||
dialogue.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Note this option applies to all the dialogues active in the dialogue
|
||||
instance. The option can be changed at anytime.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+8
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<p><img valign=absmiddle src="<?php echo $CFG->wwwroot?>/mod/dialogue/icon.gif"> <b>Dialogues</b></p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<p>This module provides a simple communication method between pairs of users.
|
||||
A teacher can open an dialogue with a student, a student can open
|
||||
a dialogue with a teacher, and (optionally) a student can open a
|
||||
dialogue with another student. A teacher or student can be involved
|
||||
in many on-going dialogues at any time.</p>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
Executable
+10
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Multiple Dialogues</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>This option allows a person to start more than one dialogue with
|
||||
someone else. The default is No, which only allows one (open)
|
||||
dialogue between two people.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Allowing multiple dialogues may result in an abuse of this
|
||||
facility. Some people may be "pestered" by others
|
||||
opening many unwanted dialogues with them.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+26
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
<p align="center"><b>Directory paths</b></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The full syntax of a directory path depends on your operating system:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>In <b>Windows Systems</b> use something like:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>c:\program files\data\moodle
|
||||
<li>c:\documents and settings\moodle\temp\saved
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>In <b>Unix Systems</b> use something like:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>/usr/data/moodle
|
||||
<li>/home/moodle/tmp/saved
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Note that it's usually a good idea to make sure the directory already exists.
|
||||
Sometimes Moodle can create the directory when required but this is not always possible.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Finally, make sure the case is correct (upper vs lower) and never include a trailing slash.</p>
|
||||
Executable
+120
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Using Smilies (emoticons)</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<table border="1" align="center">
|
||||
<tr valign="top">
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<table border="0" align="center" cellpadding="5">
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':-)')"><img border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/smiley.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>smile</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:-)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':-D')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/biggrin.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>big grin</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:-D</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(';-)')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/wink.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>wink</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">;-)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':-/')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/mixed.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>mixed</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:-/</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('V-.')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/thoughtful.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>thoughtful</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">V-.</font></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':-P')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/tongueout.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>tongue out</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:-P</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('B-)')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/cool.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>cool</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">B-)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('^-)')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/approve.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>approve</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">^-)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('8-)')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/wideeyes.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>wide eyes</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">8-)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('8-o')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/surprise.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>surprise</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">8-o</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td>
|
||||
<table border="0" align="center" cellpadding="5">
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':-(')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/sad.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>sad</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:-(</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('8-.')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/shy.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>shy</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">8-.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':-I')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/blush.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>blush</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:-I</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':-X')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/kiss.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>kisses</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:-X</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext(':o)')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/clown.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>clown</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">:o)</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('P-|')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/blackeye.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>black eye</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">P-|</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('8-[')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/angry.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>angry</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">8-[</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('xx-P')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/dead.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>dead</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">xx-P</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('|-.')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/sleepy.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>sleepy</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">|-.</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<td><a href="javascript:inserttext('}-]')"><img alt border="0" hspace="10" src="pix/s/evil.gif" width="15" height="15"></a></td>
|
||||
<td>evil</td>
|
||||
<td><font face="courier">}-]</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>When writing online, it can sometimes difficult to express emotion with plain text.
|
||||
These little icons can help.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To insert these icons in your text: just click the icon above, or type the associated text code directly in your text.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Note that the codes themselves are like little pictures - just turn your head to the left when looking at them</P>
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+23
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
<P ALIGN=CENTER><B>Course Enrolment Key</B></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>A course enrolment key is what keeps unwanted people
|
||||
out of your course.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If you leave this blank, then anyone who has created
|
||||
a Moodle username on this site will be able to enrol
|
||||
in your course simply by going in to it.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If you put something here, then students who are trying
|
||||
to get in for the FIRST TIME ONLY will be asked to supply
|
||||
this word or phrase.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The idea is that you will supply the key to authorised
|
||||
people using another means like private email, snail mail,
|
||||
on the phone or even verbally in a face to face class.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>If this password "gets out" and you have unwanted people
|
||||
enrolling, you can unenrol them (see their user profile page)
|
||||
and change this key. Any legitimate students who have already
|
||||
enrolled will not be affected, but the unwanted people won't be
|
||||
able to get back in.
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user